Document:

ex10-1.htm

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made as of this 6th day of July, 2012, is entered into by EDAC Technologies Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation with its principal place of business in Farmington, Connecticut (the “Company”), and Dominick Pagano, residing at 12900 White Violet Drive, Naples, Florida 34119 (the “Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company and the Executive are parties to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 14, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”);

 

The Company and the Executive each desire to amend and restate the Employment Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties to this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Term of Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms set forth in this Agreement, for the period commencing on the first day of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the Company’s 2014 fiscal year (such initial employment period, and as it may be extended pursuant to the next sentence, the “Employment Period”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.  The term of the Executive’s Employment Period will automatically be extended for successive periods of 12 months (equal to the next fiscal year period) unless the Company elects to not extend the Agreement by providing notice to the Executive at least 90 days prior to the end of then current term of this Agreement.

 

2. Title; Capacity.  The Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or in such other reasonably comparable position as the Company or its Board of Directors (the “Board”) may determine from time to time.  The Executive shall be based at the Company’s facilities in Farmington, Connecticut, or its proposed facilities in Cheshire, Connecticut, or such place or places as the Board shall determine.  The Executive shall be subject to the supervision of, and shall have such authority as is delegated to the Executive by, the Board.  As the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Executive shall be responsible for the ongoing management and oversight of the business and affairs of the Company and perform those duties normally associated with the offices of President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

  

  

  

 

The Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to undertake the duties and responsibilities inherent in such position and such other duties and responsibilities as the Board shall from time to time reasonably assign to the Executive.  It is understood and acknowledged that the Executive will be employed on a full time basis, and he will devote his business time, effort, skill and attention to adequately perform his duties while employed by the Company during the Employment Period.  The Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and any changes therein which may be adopted from time to time by the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties recognize and agree that the Executive may engage in passive personal investments and charitable or public service activities and serve on boards of directors of corporations to the extent that such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Company or interfere with the Executive’s performance of his duties and obligations hereunder.

 

3. Compensation and Benefits.

 

3.1 Salary.  The Company shall pay the Executive, in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, an annual base salary (the “Base Salary”) of $400,000 for calendar year 2012.  Such salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”), and is subject to adjustment thereafter as determined by the Board and/or the Compensation Committee.

 

3.2 Bonus; Fringe Benefits.  The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus or bonuses (the “Annual Bonus”) based upon the Executive’s performance and computed in accordance with the Company’s Management Incentive Bonus Plan (or successor or replacement plan), including performance goals established by the Board or the Compensation Committee in consultation with the Executive.  The target Annual Bonus for the Executive in any calendar year shall be at least 50% of the Executive’s Base Salary for that calendar year.  The Executive shall also be entitled to participate in all other benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees, if any, to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and/or other qualifications, if any, make him eligible to participate.  The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any short-term or long-term incentive programs as may be approved by the Board from time to time; provided, however, that the Executive agrees that the Board may modify or discontinue such short-term or long-term incentive programs at any time in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion.  The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks paid vacation per calendar year, to be taken at such times during such calendar year as may be approved by the Board.  Any vacation days that have not been used by the Executive by the end of the calendar year to which such days relate shall be forfeited by the Executive and the Executive shall not have the right to carry over to subsequent calendar years any unused vacation time.

 

3.3 Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, in accordance with policies and procedures, and subject to limitations, adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

  

-2-

  

 

3.4 Withholding.  All salary, bonus and other compensation payable to the Executive shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

3.5 Directors' and Officers' Insurance.  The Executive will be covered as an insured under the Company’s policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance in such a manner as to provide the Executive with the same rights and benefits thereunder as are accorded to the Company’s other executive officers and directors.

 

4. Termination of Employment Period.  The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

4.1 At the election of the Company, for Cause (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Executive, which notice shall identify the Cause upon which the termination is based.  For the purposes of this Section 4.1, “Cause” shall mean (a) a good faith finding by the Company that (i) the Executive has failed to perform in any material respect his assigned duties for the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness) and, if capable of being remedied, (A) has failed to take appropriate action to remedy such failure within 10 business days following written notice from the Company to the Executive notifying him of such failure, and (B) has failed to remedy such failure within 30 days following such written notice, or (ii) the Executive has engaged in fraud, gross negligence or gross misconduct, which in each case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, or (b) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony;

 

4.2 At the election of the Executive, for Good Reason (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Executive to the Company, which notice shall identify the Good Reason upon which the termination is based.  For the purposes of this Section 4.2, “Good Reason” for termination shall mean (i) a material reduction in the Executive’s authority or duties, or a reduction in the Executive’s compensation, in each such case without the prior written consent of the Executive, (ii) a material breach by the Company of the terms of this Agreement, which breach, if capable of being remedied, (A) the Company has not taken appropriate action to remedy within 10 business days following written notice from the Executive to the Company notifying it of such breach, and (B) is not remedied by the Company within 30 days following such written notice, (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s place of work more than 30 miles from the Company’s current facilities in Farmington, Connecticut, or from the Company’s proposed facilities in Cheshire, Connecticut, or (iv) a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company.

 

  

-3-

  

 

For purposes of this Section 4.2, “Change of Control” shall mean:  (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) 40% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) such time as the Continuing Directors (as defined below) do not constitute two-thirds of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date of the execution of this Agreement or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by at least two-thirds of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by at least two-thirds of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, unless the owners of the capital stock of the Company before such transaction continue to own more than 50% of the capital stock of the acquiring or succeeding entity in substantially the same proportions immediately following such a transaction.

 

4.3 Upon the death or disability of the Executive.  As used in this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, due to a physical or mental disability, for a period of 90 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 360-day period to perform the services contemplated under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as that term is defined under state or federal law.  A determination of disability shall be made by a physician satisfactory to both the Executive and the Company, provided that if the Executive and the Company do not agree on a physician, the Executive and the Company shall each select a physician and these two together shall select a third physician, whose determination as to disability shall be binding on all parties;

 

5. Effect of Termination.

 

5.1 At-Will Employment.  If an Employment Period terminates pursuant to this Agreement, and the Company decides to continue to employ the Executive following such termination, and the Executive decides to continue to be employed by the Company, then the Executive shall continue his employment on an at-will basis following the termination of the Employment Period.  Such at-will employment relationship may be terminated by either party at any time and shall not be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.2 Payment Upon Termination.

 

(a)            In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.3, the Company shall pay to the Executive the compensation, bonus and benefits otherwise payable to him under Section 3 through the last day of his actual employment by the Company.

 

  

-4-

  

 

(b)           In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or by the Company if it elects not to extend the then current term of the Agreement, or by the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2:

 

(i)           the Company shall pay to the Executive all accrued amounts owing to him but not yet paid as of the date of termination;

 

(ii)           the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Severance Benefits (as defined below) for a period of time equal to 24 months from the date of termination (the “Severance Payment Period”);

 

(iii)           the Company shall continue to provide to the Executive for the Severance Payment Period the other benefits owed to him under Section 3.2 (except that health and dental insurance shall only be continued for the period permitted under applicable federal (COBRA) and state laws);

 

(iv)           at the end of the applicable period specified in (iii) for health insurance and for dental insurance, the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum payment an amount, but not less than zero, equal to the product of (A) 24 less the number of months that health or dental insurance, whichever is applicable, was provided to the Executive pursuant to (iii) above, times (B) the premium for such health or dental insurance;

 

(v)           all then outstanding stock options held by the Executive that were granted to him but not yet vested shall become fully vested as of the date of termination.

 

“Severance Benefits” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the Executive’s Base Salary for the year in which such termination occurs and (ii) the greater of (A) the Target Bonus in effect for the year in which such termination occurs and (B) the actual bonus earned by the Executive in the year immediately preceding such termination.

 

The amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i) shall be paid upon termination.  The amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(ii) shall be paid, with respect to his Base Salary, in annualized monthly installments over the Severance Period and, with respect to his bonus amount, at the time when the Company customarily pays such amounts, for each year (or prorated year) during the Severance Payment Period.

 

The payment to the Executive of all amounts payable under this Section: (i) shall be contingent upon the execution by the Executive of a mutually acceptable release within 45 days after the Executive’s termination of employment, which shall release the Company of and from any and all claims and liabilities Executive has or may have against the Company arising out of any matter, cause or event relating to his employment (A) occurring prior to the Executive’s termination date, and (B) excluding any slander, libel or comparable claim which may be asserted by the Executive against the Company and (ii) shall, with respect to the matters covered in such release, constitute the sole remedy of the Executive in the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment in the circumstances set forth in this Section 5.2(b).

 

  

-5-

  

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no payment shall be made hereunder pursuant to (b)(ii) until 45 days after the Executive’s termination of employment (the “Initial Delay”) and (ii) any payment otherwise required to be made hereunder to the Executive at any date as a result of the termination of Executive's employment that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be delayed for such period of time as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Delay Period”); provided, however, that any payment that is due to the Executive's involuntary termination of employment or the Executive's termination of employment due to Good Reason, as defined in Treasury Regulations  Section 1.409A-1(n)(2)(ii), may be paid to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).  On the first business day following the expiration of the Initial Delay or the Delay Period, whichever is applicable, the Executive shall be paid, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule set forth herein.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Executive (i) is deemed to be in connection with a Change of Control (whether payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, its successors, any person whose actions result in a Change of Control or any corporation (“Affiliates”) affiliated (or which, as a result of the completion of the transactions causing a Change of Control will become affiliated) with the Company within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (collectively with the payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement if deemed to be paid pursuant to a Change of Control, “Total Payments”)) and (ii) is determined by the Company's independent certified accounting firm (the “Tax Advisor”) that such amount exceeds 2.99 times the base amount (as such term is defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) and that an excise tax is payable by Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, then the amount of payments to the Executive shall be reduced so that the payments do not exceed the limits then set forth in Section 280G of the Code.

 

5.3 Survival.  The provisions of Sections 5.2(b), (c) and (d), 6 and 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

 

6.1 Restricted Activities.  While the Executive is employed by the Company and for an additional period of two years after the termination of his employment for any reason, whether by the Company or by the Executive (including a failure to extend the Agreement), the Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

(a) Without the express written consent of the Company following such termination, as approved by the Company’s Board, engage in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company) that is competitive with the Company’s business as conducted as of the termination date, including but not limited to any business or enterprise that develops, manufactures, markets, or sells any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed, sold or provided, or planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed, sold or provided, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries while the Executive was employed by the Company; or

 

  

-6-

  

 

(b) Either alone or in association with others (i) solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Executive to solicit, any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or (ii) solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Executive to solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by the Company at any time during the twelve-month period preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

6.2 Interpretation.  If any restriction set forth in Section 6.1 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.

 

6.3 Equitable Remedies.  The restrictions contained in this Section 6 are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Executive to be reasonable for such purpose.  The Executive agrees that any breach of this Section 6 may cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which may be difficult to measure.  Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Executive agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall be entitled to seek an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Section 6.

 

6.4 Acknowledgement.  The parties agree that the Company’s supplier, customer, vendor and employee contacts and relations are established and maintained at great expense and, by virtue of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive will have unique and extensive exposure to and personal contact with the Company’s suppliers, customers, vendors and employees and that he may be able to establish a unique relationship with those individuals and entities that may enable him, both during and after employment, to unfairly compete with the Company.  Further, the parties agree that the terms and conditions of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement are reasonable for the protection of the Company’s business, trade secrets and confidential information and to prevent damage or loss to the Company as a result of action taken by the Executive, and that the consideration provided for herein is sufficient to fully and adequately compensate the Executive for agreeing to such restrictions.

 

7. Proprietary Information and Developments.

 

7.1 Proprietary Information.

 

(a) The Executive agrees that all information, whether or not in writing, of a private, secret or confidential nature concerning the Company’s business, business relationships or financial affairs (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) is and shall be the exclusive property of the Company.  By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information may include inventions, products, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compositions, compounds, projects, developments, plans, research data, clinical data, financial data, personnel data, computer programs, customer and supplier lists, and contacts at or knowledge of customers or prospective customers of the Company.  Therefore, the Executive agrees that during the Employment Period, and for a period ending on the earlier of (a) two years after the termination of his employment with the Company or (b) the date on which the Proprietary Information becomes publicly known through no fault of the Executive, the Executive will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of his duties as an employee of the Company) without written approval by the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company.

 

  

-7-

  

 

(b) The Executive agrees that all files, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, laboratory notebooks, program listings, or other written, photographic, or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Executive or others, which shall come into his custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Executive only in the performance of his duties for the Company.  All such materials or copies thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Executive shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) termination of his employment.  After such delivery, the Executive shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

 

(c) The Executive agrees that his obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, and his obligation to return materials and tangible property, set forth in paragraph (b) above, also extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Executive.

 

7.2 Developments.

 

(a) The Executive will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, improvements, discoveries, methods, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by him or under his direction or jointly with others during his employment by the Company, whether or not during normal working hours or on the premises of the Company (all of which are collectively referred to in this Agreement as “Developments”).

 

(b) The Executive agrees to assign and does hereby assign to the Company (or any person or entity designated by the Company) all his right, title and interest in and to all Developments and all related patents, patent applications, copyrights and copyright applications.  However, this paragraph (b) shall not apply to Developments which do not relate to the present or planned business or research and development of the Company or, if not so related, which are made and conceived by the Executive not during normal working hours, not on the Company’s premises and not using the Company’s tools, devices, equipment or Proprietary Information.  The Executive understands that, to the extent this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph (b) shall be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes.  The Executive also hereby waives all claims to moral rights in any Developments.

 

  

-8-

  

 

(c) The Executive agrees to reasonably cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after his employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights (both in the United States and foreign countries) relating to Developments.  The Executive shall sign all papers, including, without limitation, copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, formal assignments, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development.

 

7.3 United States Government Obligations.  The Executive acknowledges that the Company from time to time may have agreements with other parties or with the United States Government, or agencies thereof, which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work.  The Executive agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which are made known to the Executive in writing and to take all appropriate action necessary to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

7.4 Equitable Remedies.  The restrictions contained in this Section 7 are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Executive to be reasonable for such purpose.  The Executive agrees that any breach of this Section 7 may cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which may be difficult to measure.  Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Executive agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall be entitled to seek an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Section 7.

 

8. Other Agreements.  The Executive represents that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of his duties as an employee of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party to which the Executive is a party (including without limitation any nondisclosure or non-competition agreement).  Any agreement (other than an agreement with the Company) to which the Executive is a party relating to nondisclosure, non-competition or non-solicitation of employees or customers is listed on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1 Notices.  Any notices delivered under this Agreement shall be deemed duly delivered four business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one business day after it is sent for next-business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, in each case to the address of the recipient set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.  Either party may change the address to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of such change to the other party in the manner set forth in this Section 9.1.

 

9.2 Pronouns.  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

  

-9-

  

 

9.3 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede any agreements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, and/or proprietary information and development to the extent they are more favorable to the Company.

 

9.4 Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive.

 

9.5 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).  Any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the State of Connecticut (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within Connecticut), and the Company and the Executive each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court.  The Company and the Executive each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

 

9.6 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged, or by which the Company may be acquired, or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned by him.

 

9.7 Waivers.  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

9.8 Captions.  The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

9.9 Severability.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

9.10 Release.  The Executive and the Company are parties to a Mutual Release dated as of August 13, 2002.  Such Mutual Release remains in all respects in full force and effect and is not, in any manner, superseded by this Agreement.

 

THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

  

-10-

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

EDAC Technologies Corporation

 

 

By: /s/Daniel C. Tracy                      

     Name: Daniel C. Tracy

     Title: Chairman

 

 

Executive

 

 

/s/Dominick Pagano                          

Dominick Pagano

 

  

-11-

  

 

Schedule A

The Executive is a party to non-disclosure, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreements with Dapco Industries, Inc. and/or Dapco Technologies, LLC.Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement

  

 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 BY AND BETWEEN 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

AND 
 ROUST
TRADING LTD. 
 Dated as of July 9, 2012 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 Article I DEFINITIONS
	  	 	2	  
		 	 Section 1.1.
	 	 Certain Defined Terms
	  	 	2	  
		
	 Article II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES
	  	 	9	  
		 	 Section 2.1.
	 	 Purchase of Initial Shares and New Debt
	  	 	9	  
		 	 Section 2.2.
	 	 Initial Closing
	  	 	9	  
		 	 Section 2.3.
	 	 Purchase of Rollover Notes
	  	 	10	  
		 	 Section 2.4.
	 	 Second Closing
	  	 	10	  
		 	 Section 2.5.
	 	 Issue of Backstop Notes
	  	 	11	  
		 	 Section 2.6.
	 	 Backstop Closing
	  	 	13	  
		
	 Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
	  	 	14	  
		 	 Section 3.1.
	 	 Incorporation
	  	 	14	  
		 	 Section 3.2.
	 	 Authority
	  	 	15	  
		 	 Section 3.3.
	 	 Litigation
	  	 	16	  
		 	 Section 3.4.
	 	 Capitalization
	  	 	16	  
		 	 Section 3.5.
	 	 Authorization
	  	 	17	  
		 	 Section 3.6.
	 	 Financial Statements
	  	 	18	  
		 	 Section 3.7.
	 	 No Changes
	  	 	18	  
		 	 Section 3.8.
	 	 Investment Company
	  	 	18	  
		 	 Section 3.9.
	 	 SEC Documents
	  	 	18	  
		 	 Section 3.10.
	 	 No Integrated Offering
	  	 	20	  
		 	 Section 3.11.
	 	 Intellectual Property
	  	 	20	  
		 	 Section 3.12.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	20	  
		 	 Section 3.13.
	 	 Seniority of Indebtedness
	  	 	20	  
		 	 Section 3.14.
	 	 No Brokers
	  	 	20	  
		 	 Section 3.15.
	 	 No Other Representations or Warranties
	  	 	21	  
		
	 Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
	  	 	21	  
		 	 Section 4.1.
	 	 Authorization
	  	 	21	  
		 	 Section 4.2.
	 	 Ownership of Convertible Notes
	  	 	21	  
		 	 Section 4.3.
	 	 Ownership of Purchaser Securities
	  	 	21	  
		 	 Section 4.4.
	 	 Purchase Entirely for Own Account
	  	 	22	  
		 	 Section 4.5.
	 	 Financial Capability
	  	 	22	  
		 	 Section 4.6.
	 	 Investor Status; Etc
	  	 	22	  
		 	 Section 4.7.
	 	 Shares Not Registered
	  	 	22	  
		 	 Section 4.8.
	 	 No Conflict
	  	 	23	  
		 	 Section 4.9.
	 	 Consents
	  	 	23	  
		 	 Section 4.10.
	 	 No Public Offering
	  	 	23	  
		 	 Section 4.11.
	 	 Short Positions; Certain Trading Limitations
	  	 	23	  
		 	 Section 4.12.
	 	 Purchaser Control of Affiliates
	  	 	24	  
		 	 Section 4.13.
	 	 Investment Company
	  	 	24	  
		 	 Section 4.14.
	 	 No Other Representations or Warranties
	  	 	24	  
		
	 Article V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	25	  

  
 i 

									
		 	 Section 5.1.
	 	 Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchaser to Consummate the Initial Closing
	  	 	25	  
		 	 Section 5.2.
	 	 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Initial Closing
	  	 	26	  
		 	 Section 5.3.
	 	 Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchaser to Consummate the Second Closing
	  	 	26	  
		 	 Section 5.4.
	 	 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Second Closing
	  	 	28	  
		 	 Section 5.5.
	 	 Conditions to the Obligation of the Purchaser to Consummate a Backstop Closing
	  	 	28	  
		
	 Article VI TRANSFER, LEGENDS
	  	 	29	  
		 	 Section 6.1.
	 	 Securities Law Transfer Restrictions
	  	 	29	  
		 	 Section 6.2.
	 	 Legends
	  	 	30	  
		
	 Article VII TERMINATION
	  	 	30	  
		 	 Section 7.1.
	 	 Termination
	  	 	30	  
		 	 Section 7.2.
	 	 Effect of Termination
	  	 	31	  
		
	 Article VIII COVENANTS
	  	 	32	  
		 	 Section 8.1.
	 	 Preparation and Mailing of Proxy Statement
	  	 	32	  
		 	 Section 8.2.
	 	 Stockholders Meeting; Recommendation
	  	 	34	  
		 	 Section 8.3.
	 	 Consents and Approvals
	  	 	34	  
		 	 Section 8.4.
	 	 Alternative Proposals
	  	 	35	  
		 	 Section 8.5.
	 	 Reservation of Common Stock
	  	 	37	  
		 	 Section 8.6.
	 	 Reporting Status; Listing of Common Stock
	  	 	38	  
		 	 Section 8.7.
	 	 Use of Cash Proceeds
	  	 	38	  
		 	 Section 8.8.
	 	 Funding Backstop Notes and Use of Proceeds
	  	 	39	  
		 	 Section 8.9.
	 	 Purchaser Lock-Up
	  	 	39	  
		 	 Section 8.10.
	 	 [Intentionally Left Blank]
	  	 	40	  
		 	 Section 8.11.
	 	 Purchase and Sale and Put / Call Obligations
	  	 	40	  
		 	 Section 8.12.
	 	 Limitations on Transfer of New Debt, Rollover and Backstop Note
	  	 	44	  
		 	 Section 8.13.
	 	 Put Right With Respect to Initial Shares
	  	 	44	  
		 	 Section 8.14.
	 	 Purchase of Additional Convertible Notes
	  	 	44	  
		 	 Section 8.15.
	 	 Additional Provisions Relating to the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes
	  	 	45	  
		 	 Section 8.16.
	 	 Issuance of Additional Shares
	  	 	49	  
		 	 Section 8.17.
	 	 Additional Purchases
	  	 	50	  
		 	 Section 8.18.
	 	 Polish Securities Laws
	  	 	50	  
		 	 Section 8.19.
	 	 Amendment to the New Debt
	  	 	51	  
		 	 Section 8.22.
	 	 Exploration of Synergies
	  	 	51	  
		
	 Article IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	52	  
		 	 Section 9.1.
	 	 Public Statements or Releases
	  	 	52	  
		 	 Section 9.2.
	 	 Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties
	  	 	52	  
		 	 Section 9.3.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	52	  
		 	 Section 9.4.
	 	 Rights Cumulative
	  	 	52	  
		 	 Section 9.5.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	53	  

  
 ii 

									
		 	Section 9.6.	 	 Notices
	  	 	53	  
		 	 Section 9.7.
	 	 Captions
	  	 	54	  
		 	 Section 9.8.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	54	  
		
	 Article X GOVERNING LAW AND OTHER PROVISIONS
	  	 	54	  
		 	 Section 10.1.
	 	 Governing Law; Consent to jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial; Injunctive Relief
	  	 	54	  
		 	 Section 10.2.
	 	 Amendments
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.3.
	 	 Waiver
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.4.
	 	 Expenses
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.5.
	 	 Assignment
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.6.
	 	 Counterpart
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.7.
	 	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.8.
	 	 Costs of Enforcement
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 10.9.
	 	 Mutual Drafting
	  	 	59	  
		 	 Section 10.10.
	 	 Obligations That Do Not Fall On Business Days
	  	 	59	  
		 	 Section 10.11.
	 	 Amendment and Restatement
	  	 	59	  

  
 iii

 AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of July 9, 2012 (the
“Effective Date”) by and between (i) Central European Distribution Corporation (the “Company”), and (ii) Roust Trading Ltd. (the “Purchaser”). 

WHEREAS, on April 23, 2012 (the “Original Agreement Date”), the Company and the Purchaser entered into a
Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Original Agreement”); 
 WHEREAS, on May 4, 2012, the Initial Closing
under the Original Agreement occurred and the Company sold, and the Purchaser or an Affiliate thereof purchased from the Company as an investment in the Company, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000,000, (i) 5,714,286 shares (the
“Initial Shares”) of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), at a subscription price of $5.25 per share in cash, and (ii) a debt instrument clearable through Euroclear
S.A./N.V. with a face value of $70,000,000 (the “New Debt”); 
 WHEREAS, subject to the Company Stockholder
Approval and certain other conditions, the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser will purchase from the Company an additional 13,333,333 shares plus a number of shares determined by dividing the accrued but unpaid interest on the New Debt at
the Second Closing by $3.44 (the “Exchange Shares” and, together with the Initial Shares, the “Shares”) of Common Stock, the proceeds of which will be used by the Company to repurchase and cancel the New Debt; and

 WHEREAS, on the Original Agreement Date, the parties hereto entered into a Registration Rights Agreement that became
effective upon the Initial Closing, under which the Company provided certain registration rights under the Securities Act, the Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws and which agreement is being amended and
restated in its entirety as of the date hereof; and 
 WHEREAS, at the Second Closing, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in this Agreement, the Purchaser or an Affiliate thereof will purchase from the Company a debt instrument to be issued by the Company in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A (as such form is revised to document a debt instrument
eligible to be cleared through the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme) with a face value of $102,554,000 (the “Rollover Notes”), and the cash proceeds of such
purchase will be used by the Company to repurchase the Company’s 3.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Convertible Notes”) held by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates with a face value of $102,554,000, at a price
equal to such face value amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon; and 
 WHEREAS, after the Second Closing, and
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall have the right, at the Backstop Closing, to put a debt security to be issued by the Company to the Purchaser in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B
(the “Backstop Notes”) at par in exchange for up to $107,500,000; and 
 WHEREAS, on the Original Agreement
Date, the Purchaser and the Company entered into a governance agreement relating to certain significant actions by the Company and certain other matters, which agreement is being amended and restated in its entirety as of the date hereof (as amended
and restated, the “Governance Agreement”); 

  
 1 

 WHEREAS, on the Original Agreement Date, the Purchaser and its Affiliates who own Common
Stock, and each member of the Company Board, entered into irrevocable voting agreements (effective upon the Initial Closing) whereby such persons (in their capacity as holders of Common Stock) committed to vote in favor of the matters listed for
stockholder approval in Section 8.2 of the Original Agreement, and on the date hereof such Persons are reaffirming their committing to vote in favor of the matters listed for stockholder approval in Section 8.2 below (the
“Reaffirmations”); 
 WHEREAS, the Purchaser purchased the Initial Shares and an Affiliate of the Purchaser
purchased the New Debt, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase, or cause an Affiliate thereof to Purchase, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and 

WHEREAS, this Agreement amends, supersedes and restates the Original Agreement in all respects. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the parties
hereto agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.1. Certain Defined Terms 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: 

“2016 Senior Secured Notes” means any notes issued under the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture. 

“2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture with respect to the $380,000,000 of 9.125% Senior Secured
Notes due 2016 and the €380,000,000 of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued by CEDC Finance Corporation International, Inc. dated as of December 2, 2009, as amended by the first supplemental indenture dated December 29, 2009
and the second supplemental indenture dated December 8, 2010. 
 “Accounting Issue” has the meaning set
forth in Section 8.20 below. 
 “Acquisition Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4
below. 
 “Additional Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issued to the Purchaser pursuant to
Section 8.16 below. 
 “Affiliate” of a person means (i) any corporation or other business entity
Controlled by, Controlling or under common Control with such person and (ii) any other person proposed by the Purchaser to be deemed to be an Affiliate hereunder to which the Company consents in writing, in each of clause (i) and
(ii) above, where such Affiliate agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement by executing and agreeing to an assumption agreement reasonably acceptable to the parties hereto. 

  
 2 

 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above. 

“Aggregate Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 below. 

“Anti-Competition Approvals” means the Poland Antitrust Approval, the Russian Antitrust Approval and the Ukraine
Antitrust Approval. 
 “Backstop Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 below. 

“Backstop Closing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 below. 

“Backstop Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 below. 

“Backstop Conditions Precedent” means the conditions to consummate the Backstop Closing listed in Section 5.5
below. 
 “Backstop Escrow Account” means the account maintained by the Backstop Escrow Agent pursuant to the
Backstop Escrow Agreement. 
 “Backstop Escrow Agent” means Bank of New York Mellon. 

“Backstop Escrow Agreement” means an escrow agreement by and among the Backstop Escrow Agent, the Company and the
Purchaser, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit C hereto, that the Purchaser and the Company will execute on the date of, and subject to, the Second Closing. 
 “Backstop Escrow Release Date” means the date on which the escrow property deposited with the Backstop Escrow Agent is released in the manner described in Section I.3(a) and I.3(c) of the
Backstop Escrow Agreement. 
 “Backstop Maximum Amount” means the lesser of (a) $107,500,000 and
(b) the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes outstanding on the Backstop Escrow Release Date. 

“Backstop Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Backstop Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 below. 

“Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(c) below. 

“Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficially Own” has the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act
and a Person’s beneficial ownership of securities of any Person will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of that rule, except that for purposes of determining beneficial ownership, no Person will be deemed to beneficially own any
security solely as a result of that Person’s execution of this Agreement or the Governance Agreement. 
 “Business
Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, USA, Warsaw, Poland, or Moscow, Russia, are authorized or required by Law or other governmental
action to close. 

  
 3 

 “Bylaws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 below. 

“Certificate of Incorporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 below. 

“Change in Recommendation Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(c) below. 

“Change in Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 below. 

“Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above. 

“Company Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5 below. 

“Company Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 below. 

“Company Stockholder Approval” means the approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of shares of
Common Stock present or represented by proxy at the Stockholders Meeting (other than the Initial Shares and shares of Common Stock issued by the Company to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.16(a), which shares of Common Stock shall not be
entitled to vote on such matter and not be considered present or represented by proxy at the Stockholders Meeting for the purposes of such vote) of the issuance of the Exchange Shares and any other shares of Common Stock potentially issuable
pursuant to this Agreement or the other Operative Agreements as required by NASDAQ Rules. 
 “Contract” has
the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 below. 
 “Control” (including the correlative terms
“Controlling”, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Convertible Notes” has the meaning set forth in
the recitals above. 
 “Covered Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 below. 

“Debt Amount” means the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes;
provided, that to the extent that any such debt instrument is not outstanding at the time of the relevant calculation of the Debt Amount, such debt instrument shall not be included in the calculation of Debt Amount. 

“Debt Securities Lock-Up End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.12(b) below. 

“Disclosure Schedule” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to Article III below. 

“Disposition” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 below. 

  
 4 

 “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above.

 “End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(e) below. 

“Equity Securities” means any class of capital stock of, or other profit or voting interests in, the Company and all
securities convertible into or rights to purchase the foregoing, including any Equity Security Equivalent and any and all other equity securities of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities or issued as a
distribution with respect to or in exchange for such securities. 
 “Equity Security Equivalent” means any
option, warrant, right or similar security or right exercisable into, exchangeable for, or convertible to Equity Securities. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all of the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Expenses” means the costs and expenses of a party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby, including all out-of-pocket expenses (including, all fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers, experts and consultants to a party hereto and its Affiliates) incurred by a party or on its behalf in connection with or
related to the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 “Fiscal Agency Agreement” means a fiscal agency agreement to be entered into between the Company and the fiscal agent for the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes on or
prior to the Initial Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Purchaser (it being agreed that the fiscal agent for the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes will be Bank of New York Mellon,
Citibank Agency and Trust, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch or another internationally recognized financial institution chosen by the Company that is reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser). 

“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 below. 

“GAAP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 below. 

“Governance Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Government Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 below. 

“Indebtedness” means without duplication, (i) all outstanding debt (including short-term and long-term debt but
not including trade payables in respect of goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business) for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument; (iii) all capital lease
obligations (as determined under GAAP); (iv) the deferred purchase price of property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or services fully rendered, except trade payables in respect of goods or services
purchased in the ordinary course of business; (v) obligations in respect of letters of credit, banker’s acceptances, bank guarantees and similar instruments (other than those issued in respect of (A) taxes owed to Governmental
Entities or 

  
 5 

 
(B) arrangements with suppliers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of each of clause (A) and (B), in the ordinary course of business); (vi) the net obligations under
interest rate protection agreements, swap agreements and call agreements; (vii) guarantees of Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (i) through (vi) (other than guarantees in respect of (A) taxes owed to Governmental
Entities or (B) arrangements with suppliers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of each of clause (A) and (B), in the ordinary course of business) and (viii) all obligations in respect of unpaid interest owing on or
in respect of any such Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) above. 
 “Initial Closing”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 below. 
 “Initial Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2 below. 
 “Initial Conditions Precedent” means the conditions to consummate the Initial
Closing listed in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 below. 
 “Initial Shares” has the meaning set forth
in the recitals above. 
 “Intervening Event” means a material event or circumstance affecting the business,
results of operations or financial condition or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole that was not known to the Company Board on the date of this Agreement (or if known, the consequences of which were not known to or
reasonably foreseeable by the Company Board as of the date hereof), which event or circumstance, or any material consequences thereof, becomes known to the Company Board prior to the time at which the Company receives the Company Stockholder
Approval; provided, that (i) in no event shall the receipt, existence or terms of an Acquisition Proposal or any matter relating thereto or consequence thereof constitute an Intervening Event and (ii) in no event shall the Company
meeting or exceeding any internal or published estimates, projections forecasts or predictions relating to revenues, earning or profits for any period constitute an Intervening Event. 

“Irreparable Breach” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(c) below. 

“JAMS Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(d) below. 

“Knowledge of the Company” or any other similar term or knowledge qualifier means the actual knowledge of the CEO, CFO
and General Counsel of the Company after due inquiry. 
 “Law” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2
below. 
 “Lien” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 below. 

“Mandatory Tender Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.18 below. 

“Material Adverse Effect” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 below. 

“NASDAQ” means the NASDAQ Stock Market. 
 “NASDAQ Rules” means the NASDAQ Listing Rules. 

  
 6 

 “New Debt” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Operative Agreements” means the agreements with respect to the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes,
the Registration Rights Agreement and the Governance Agreement, together with this Agreement. 
 “Original
Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 
 “Original Agreement Date” has the
meaning set forth in the recitals above. 
 “person” or “Person” means an individual,
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, person (including a “person” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), trust, association or entity or Government Entity. 

“Placement Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9 below. 

“Poland Antitrust Approval” means a decision approving the acquisition of Common Stock (including the Exchange Shares)
pursuant to this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, granted to the Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate by the relevant Government Entities of Poland. 
 “Polish FSA” means the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (Komisja Nadzoru Finansowego). 
 “Polish Public Offering Act” means the Polish Act of 29 July 2005 on Public Offering, Conditions Governing the Introduction of Financial Instruments to Organized Trading, and Public
Companies. 
 “Polish Securities Trading Act” means the Polish Act of 29 July 2005 on Securities Trading.

 “Proxy Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) below. 

“Purchaser Intervening Event” means a material event or circumstance adversely affecting the likelihood that the
Purchaser will have the financial ability to fund amounts required by it to be funded at the Backstop Closing pursuant to this Agreement, that was not known to the Company Board on the date of this Agreement (or if known, the consequences of which
were not known to or reasonably foreseeable by the Company Board as of the date of this Agreement), which event or circumstance, or any material consequences thereof, becomes known to the Company Board prior to the time at which the Company receives
the Company Stockholder Approval. 
 “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.8 below. 
 “Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above. 

“Purchaser Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 below. 

“Reaffirmations” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

  
 7 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Company and the Purchaser as amended and restated in its entirety as of the date hereof. 
 “Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a) below. 
 “Rollover Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 
 “Rules and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the SEC. 
 “Russia Antitrust Approval” means a decision approving the acquisition of Common Stock (including the Exchange Shares) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements,
granted to the Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate by the relevant Governmental Entities of Russia. 
 “SEC”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “SEC Documents” means (i) the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, (ii) each current report on Form 8-K (excluding the information deemed to be furnished and not filed therewith) filed by the Company with the SEC during the period commencing on
January 1, 2012 and ending on the date of this Agreement and (iii) all Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and definitive proxy statements filed by the Company with the SEC during the
period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the Second Closing Date. 
 “Second Closing” has
the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 below. 
 “Second Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.4 below. 
 “Second Closing Conditions Precedent” means the conditions to consummate the Second
Closing listed in Section 5.3 and Section 5.4 below. 
 “Section 2.5 Dispute” has the meaning set
forth in Section 10.1(d) below. 
 “Securities” means the Initial Shares, the New Debt, the Exchange
Shares, the Rollover Notes, the Backstop Notes, any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the payment of interest under the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes in shares of Common Stock (as provided for therein) or pursuant to the put/call
arrangement described in Section 8.11 below and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Section 8.16 below. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all of the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Share Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.17 below. 

“Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above. 

“Stockholders Meeting” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 below. 

“Subsidiary” of any entity means any other entity in which such first entity owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
an amount of the voting securities, other voting interests or voting partnership interests sufficient to elect at least a majority of such other entity’s board of directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50%
or more of the equity interests of such other entity). 

  
 8 

 “Superior Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b)
below. 
 “Transfer” (and the correlative term “Transferred”) means to directly or indirectly
transfer, sell, encumber, hypothecate, assign or otherwise dispose of a specified debt instrument or instruments to any Person that is not the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser; provided, that in no event shall a Transfer occur as a
result of (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries repaying, prepaying, repurchasing or taking any similar action with respect to the New Debt, Rollover Notes or Backstop Notes or (ii) the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates exercising
any rights of participation under the Governance Agreement by paying for any equity security thereunder by redeeming or exchanging New Debt, Rollover Notes or Backstop Notes. 
 “Ukraine Antitrust Approval” means a decision approving the acquisition of Common Stock (including the Exchange Shares) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements,
granted to the Purchaser or its relevant Affiliate by the Anti-monopoly Committee of Ukraine. 
 “WSE” means
the Warsaw Stock Exchange. 
 “WSE Rules” means the rules of the WSE. 

ARTICLE II 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES 
 Section 2.1. Purchase of Initial Shares and New Debt 
 Upon the terms of
this Agreement and the satisfaction or waiver of the Initial Conditions Precedent, on the Initial Closing Date (a) the Company issued and sold to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser subscribed to and purchased from the Company, the Initial Shares
in exchange for $30,000,000, and (b) the Company issued and sold to an Affiliate of the Purchaser, and an Affiliate of the Purchaser purchased from the Company, the New Debt (the sum of the $30,000,000 invested by the Purchaser in exchange for
the Initial Shares and the $70,000,000 invested by an Affiliate of the Purchaser in exchange for the New Debt, the “Aggregate Purchase Price”). 
 Section 2.2. Initial Closing 
 The closing of the transactions contemplated
under Section 2.1 above (the “Initial Closing”) took place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP, 40 Bank St, Canary Wharf, London, England, counsel to the Company, on May 4, 2012 (the
“Initial Closing Date”). At the Initial Closing, the Company delivered to the Purchaser, in book-entry form, the Initial Shares and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser that the New Debt has been delivered to Euroclear
S.A./N.V. registered in the name of the Purchaser or its nominee, against payment of the Aggregate Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Company designated in writing to the Purchaser prior
to the Initial Closing Date. In addition, subject to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Purchaser in Section 2.1 and Section 

  
 9 

 
2.2 of this Agreement, the parties hereto approved, executed and delivered, or caused to be approved, executed and delivered, in each case on behalf of itself or its Affiliates party thereto (and
with respect to the irrevocable voting agreements referenced below, the Company procured the executed versions from each of the parties thereto other than the Purchaser), as applicable, on the Original Agreement Date the following documents:

 (a) an earlier version of the Governance Agreement; 

(b) the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (c) irrevocable voting agreements executed by each member of the Company Board and the Purchaser and its Affiliates who hold Common Stock to vote in favor of the matters listed for approval in
Section 8.2 of the Original Agreement; and 
 (d) a certificate of the Company’s Secretary certifying as to
resolutions passed by the Company Board effectively: 
 (i) approving the entry into the Original Agreement and
the execution and consummation of the transactions described herein and satisfying the business combination provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and 

(ii) approving any acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Original Agreement and any other Operative Agreement by
the Purchaser (and any of its permitted assigns hereunder and thereunder) in order not to cause the Purchaser and its permitted assigns hereunder and thereunder to constitute an “Acquiring Person” under the Rights Agreement by and between
the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, dated September 6, 2011, or any other “poison pill” or similar arrangement. 
 Section 2.3. Purchase of Rollover Notes 
 Upon the terms of this Agreement
and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Second Closing Conditions Precedent, on the Second Closing Date the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, and the Company shall issue to the Purchaser, Rollover Notes with a face value of
$102,554,000 that are eligible to be cleared through the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, in exchange for $102,554,000, payable by the Purchaser or an Affiliate thereof in
cash in United States Dollars to the Company. The cash proceeds of such issuance shall be used as set forth in Section 2.4 below. 
 Section 2.4. Second Closing 
 The closing of the transactions contemplated
under Section 2.3 above (the “Second Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP, 40 Bank St, Canary Wharf, London, England, counsel to the Company, on the second Business
Day after satisfaction or waiver of the Second Closing Conditions Precedent (other than those that are by their nature to be satisfied at the Second Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Second Closing) or at
such other location, date and time as may be agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Company (the “Second Closing Date”). At the Second Closing, (i) the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser

  
 10 

 
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser that a global note, with a face value of $102,554,000, in registered form representing such Rollover Notes has been delivered to the Depositary
Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, each to be registered in the name of the Purchaser, or in such nominee’s or nominees’ name(s) as designated by the Purchaser in writing,
against payment of $102,554,000, payable in cash in United States Dollars by or on behalf of the Purchaser, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Company shall designate in writing to the Purchaser no
later than two Business Days prior to the Second Closing Date and (ii) the Company shall use such cash proceeds as set forth in Section 8.7(b). In addition, subject to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Purchaser in
Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall approve, execute and deliver, or cause to be approved, executed and delivered, in each case on behalf of itself or its Affiliates party thereto, as applicable, on the
Second Closing Date, the Backstop Escrow Agreement. 
 Section 2.5. Issue of Backstop Notes 

(a) Upon the terms of this Agreement and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Backstop Conditions Precedent (other than those
that are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at such Backstop Closing), the Company shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to put to the Purchaser, and the
Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase, on the Backstop Escrow Release Date, an amount of Backstop Notes not to exceed the Backstop Maximum Amount, by delivering a written notice to the Purchaser at any time on or before February 11, 2013,
such amount of Backstop Notes as the Company may notify the Purchaser (such notice, and including any analogous notice delivered pursuant to another subsection of this Section 2.5, a “Backstop Notice”), provided,
however, that the Purchaser shall not be obligated to purchase an aggregate principal amount of Backstop Notes in excess of the Backstop Maximum Amount. Any Backstop Notice delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall
include (i) notice by the Company to the Purchaser of the satisfaction or waiver of the Backstop Conditions Precedent (other than those that are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
such conditions at the Backstop Closing), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Backstop Notes to be purchased by the Purchaser (not to exceed the Backstop Maximum Amount) and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes
outstanding as of the date of such Backstop Notice. On January 15, 2013, the Purchaser shall provide to the Company written notice of the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes then held by the Purchaser and its Affiliates. Following
receipt of the Backstop Notice and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Backstop Conditions Precedent (other than those that are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such
conditions at such Backstop Closing), on February 15, 2013, the Purchaser shall fund the Backstop Escrow Account, and the Company shall deliver the Backstop Notes to the Backstop Escrow Agent as set forth in Section 2.6 below. 

(b) If at any time from the Second Closing Date through December 10, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by
December 10, 2012, on the Second Closing Date itself), any senior executive of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (taken as a whole) or any senior executive of the Company become actually aware or are informed of any failure by the Company
to meet any Backstop Conditions Precedent set forth in Section 5.5(b) or (c) below, such party shall inform the other party of such failure on a 

  
 11 

 
reasonably prompt basis after acquiring such knowledge. On December 3, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on the Second Closing Date
itself), the Company shall deliver a certificate to the Purchaser, signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect that the Backstop Conditions Precedent set forth in Section 5.5(b) and (c) below have either been satisfied or
specifying those that are not then satisfied, in each instance as at December 3, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on the Second Closing Date itself) (the “Backstop Closing
Certificate”). If, by the seventh calendar day after its receipt of the Backstop Closing Certificate, the Purchaser has not delivered a written objection to the Company as to the truth or accuracy of the statements made by the Company in
the Backstop Closing Certificate, the Purchaser may not thereafter make any claim or bring any proceeding whether in law, equity or otherwise, or otherwise object to its obligation to fund the Backstop Escrow Account pursuant to this Agreement as a
result of a failure of the Company to satisfy any of the Backstop Conditions Precedent set forth in Section 5.5(b) and (c) below. 
 (c) If, on or prior to December 10, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on or before the seventh calendar day after its receipt of the Backstop
Closing Certificate), the Purchaser delivers a written objection to the Company as to the truth or accuracy of the statements made by the Company in the Backstop Closing Certificate (or has otherwise alleged that a condition to the Backstop Closing
is not then satisfied), thereafter proceedings are initiated to resolve any dispute arising therefrom in accordance with Section 10.1(d), and such proceeding shall have been resolved by the arbitrator appointed pursuant to Section 10.1(d)
in favor of the Company, notwithstanding Section 2.5(a) above, the Company shall have the right, at its sole discretion and subject to the satisfaction of the Backstop Conditions Precedent at such time (other than those Backstop Conditions
Precedent set forth in Section 5.5(b) and (c) below and other than those that are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at such Backstop Closing), to put to the
Purchaser, by delivering a Backstop Notice to the Purchaser at any time on or before three calendar days after the date specified in Section 10.1(d)(iv)(8) below such amount of Backstop Notes as the Company may notify the Purchaser in the
Backstop Notice, provided, however, that the Purchaser shall not be obligated to purchase an aggregate principal amount of Backstop Notes in excess of the Backstop Maximum Amount. Following receipt of the Backstop Notice delivered in
accordance with this Section 2.5(c) and subject to the satisfaction of the Backstop Conditions Precedent at such time (other than those Backstop Conditions Precedent set forth in Section 5.5(b) and (c) below and other than those that
are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at such Backstop Closing), on the date that is three days after the Purchaser’s receipt of a Backstop Notice pursuant to
this Section 2.5(c), the Purchaser shall fund the Escrow Account, and the Company deliver the Backstop Notes to the Escrow Agent as set forth in Section 2.6 below. 
 (d) If, on or prior to December 10, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on or before the seventh calendar day after its receipt of the Backstop
Closing Certificate), the Purchaser delivers a written objection to the Company as to the truth or accuracy of the statements made by the Company in the Backstop Closing Certificate (or has otherwise alleged that a Backstop Condition Precedent is
not then satisfied), thereafter proceedings are initiated to resolve any dispute arising therefrom in accordance with Section 10.1(d) below, and such proceeding shall not have been resolved by the arbitrator appointed pursuant to
Section 10.1(d) below on or prior to the date specified in Section 10.1(d)(iv)(8) below, notwithstanding Section 2.5(a) above, the Purchaser shall have 

  
 12 

 
the option, to be exercised in its sole discretion, to deliver written notice to the Company on or prior to six days after the date set forth in Section 10.1(d)(iv)(8) below of its election
to fund the Backstop Escrow Account with an amount in cash equal to the Backstop Maximum Amount less the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes outstanding on January 15, 2013 that are held by the Purchaser or an Affiliate of
the Purchaser. In the event that the Backstop Escrow Account is funded pursuant to this Section 2.5(d), (i) Section 2.5(e) below shall not apply and (ii) upon final resolution of such dispute the funds held in the Backstop Escrow
Account shall be released in accordance with the terms of the Backstop Escrow Agreement. 
 (e) If, on or prior to
December 10, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on or before the seventh calendar day after its receipt of the Backstop Closing Certificate), the Purchaser delivers a written objection to the
Company as to the truth or accuracy of the statements made by the Company in the Backstop Closing Certificate (or has otherwise alleged that a Backstop Condition Precedent is not then satisfied), thereafter proceedings are initiated to resolve any
dispute arising therefrom in accordance with Section 10.1(d) below, and such proceeding shall not have been resolved by the arbitrator appointed pursuant to Section 10.1(d) by the date specified in Section 10.1(d)(iv)(8) below, and
the Purchaser does not exercise its rights under Section 2.5(d) above, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.5(a) of the Governance Agreement, the Company may issue equity or any other equity ownership interests (including but
not limited to equity-linked securities) in an amount up to the aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Convertible Notes, provided that any proceeds from such issue are used to repay the Convertible Notes. If any such issuance of equity or
any other equity ownership interests (including but not limited to equity-linked securities) shall require the approval of the shareholders of the Company, the Purchaser and its Affiliates shall vote in favor of such issuance. 

(f) If, on or before December 10, 2012 (or to the extent the Second Closing has not occurred by December 3, 2012, on or before
the seventh calendar day after its receipt of the Backstop Closing Certificate), the Purchaser delivers a written objection to the Company as to the truth or accuracy of the statements made by the Company in the Backstop Closing Certificate,
thereafter proceedings are initiated to resolve any dispute arising therefrom in accordance with Section 10.1(d), and such proceeding shall have been resolved by the arbitrator appointed pursuant to Section 10.1(d) in favor of the
Purchaser, then the Purchaser shall be irrevocably excused from all obligations pursuant to Sections 2.5 and 2.6. 

Section 2.6. Backstop Closing 
 Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Backstop Conditions Precedent (other than those that are by their nature to be satisfied at a Backstop Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
such conditions at such Backstop Closing), the closing of the transactions contemplated under Section 2.5 (a “Backstop Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP, 40 Bank
St, Canary Wharf, London, England, counsel to the Company, on the applicable date specified in Section 2.5 above, or at such other location, date and time as may be agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Company (each a “Backstop
Closing Date”). At any Backstop Closing: 
 (a) The Company shall deliver to the Backstop Escrow Agent, to be held in
escrow pursuant to the Backstop Escrow Agreement, a global note in registered form 

  
 13 

 
representing the Backstop Notes, with a face value equal to the aggregate principal amount of Backstop Notes so notified for issue in the relevant Backstop Notice less the aggregate
principal amount of any Convertible Notes set forth in the notice of ownership provided by the Purchaser to the Company pursuant to Section 2.5, that are eligible to be cleared through the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and a letter of instruction relating to delivery of the Backstop Notes on the Backstop Escrow Release Date in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser, in each case, bearing
the original signature of the Company, and the Purchaser shall fund, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to the Backstop Escrow Account an amount, in United States Dollars, equal to the aggregate principal amount of Backstop Notes
so notified for issue in the relevant Backstop Notice less the aggregate principal amount of any Convertible Notes set forth in the notice of ownership provided by the Purchaser to the Company pursuant to Section 2.5, to be held by the
Backstop Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Escrow Agreement. On the Backstop Escrow Release Date, the Backstop Notes will be deemed to be issued to the Purchaser against the release of funds from the Backstop Escrow Account in
accordance with the Backstop Escrow Agreement. 
 (b) If the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates holds Convertible Notes on a
Backstop Closing Date, then the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, and the Company shall issue to the Purchaser, Rollover Notes with a face value equal to the face value of such Convertible Notes that are eligible to be cleared through the
Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, in exchange for a cash amount equal to such face value, payable by the Purchaser. On the Backstop Closing Date, the Company shall
deliver to the Purchaser evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser that a global note, with a face value equal to the face amount of the Convertible Notes then owned by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, in registered form representing
such Rollover Notes has been delivered to the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, each to be registered in the name of the Purchaser, or in such nominee’s or nominees’
name(s) as designated by the Purchaser in writing, against payment of an amount equal to the face amount of the Convertible Notes then owned by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, by or on behalf of the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately
available funds, to such account or accounts as the Company shall designate in writing to the Purchaser no later than two Business Days prior to the Backstop Closing Date. The Company shall use such cash proceeds as set forth in Section 8.7(c).

 ARTICLE III 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY 
 Except as set forth in the
Disclosure Schedule (the “Disclosure Schedule”) delivered to the Purchaser on the Effective Date (it being agreed that disclosure of any item on the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosure with respect to any other Section of
this Agreement to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent from the face of such disclosure), the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows: 

Section 3.1. Incorporation 
 (a) The Company has been duly incorporated and is a validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of Delaware with full power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease and operate,
as the case may be, its properties and conduct 

  
 14 

 
its business as now conducted; and (b) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business and are each in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature
of the business conducted by it, or its ownership or leasing of property, or its employment of employees or consultants therein, makes such qualification necessary, except, with respect to clause (b), where the failure to be so qualified or be in
good standing has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on or change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the business, properties or results of operations of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company has not received notification, written or otherwise, that any proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or
curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke,
limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in possession of and operating in material compliance with all authorizations, licenses, certificates, consents, orders and permits from state,
federal and other regulatory authorities that are material to the conduct of their respective businesses, all of which are valid and in full force and effect. Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate
of Incorporation”) and bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company as in effect on the date of this Agreement have been filed by the Company with the SEC. 
 Section 3.2. Authority 
 The Company has all requisite corporate power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. When executed and delivered, each of the Operative Agreements constituted or will constitute the legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Operative Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and
therein contemplated did not or will not result in (a) any violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (b) the creation of any pledge, lien, encumbrance, mortgage, hypothecation, charge, security interest, easement, title
defect, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, judgment, interest, equitable interest, setoff or claim of any kind or nature, whether arising by agreement, Law or otherwise (“Lien”), upon any assets or property of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or will not conflict with, result in the breach or violation of, or constitute a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
contract, agreement, license, understanding, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture, lease (including without limitation any sale and leaseback arrangement), franchise, permit or other instrument or bond, debenture, note
or other evidence of Indebtedness, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by or to which it or its properties (including without limitation all intangible property of the Company) or assets are or, to the Knowledge of the
Company, may be bound or subject (each, a “Contract”) which breach, violation or default would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) the violation of any law, order,
ruling, rule, regulation, writ, assessment, injunction, judgment or decree of any government or governmental court, agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or over any of their respective
properties (including without limitation all intangible property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or Contracts (“Government Entity”) or by or to which they or such of its

  
 15 

 
properties or Contracts are or, to the Knowledge of the Company, may be bound or subject (each, a “Law”) which violation would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in
the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Other than the Anti-Competition Approvals, no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any Government Entity, or, as of the date hereof or the Original Agreement Date, under the
NASDAQ Rules and/or the WSE Rules is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Operative Agreements and the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated, except the Company
Stockholder Approval. 
 Section 3.3. Litigation 
 Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, there are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to which
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, to which any of their respective directors or officers is a party, or to which any of their respective material properties (including without limitation all intangible
property of the Company) or any Contract may be subject, at law or in equity, before or by any Government Entity any of which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to prevent or to materially impede or delay the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 3.4. Capitalization 
 All outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, and have not been issued in violation of any preemptive rights or other rights to
subscribe for or purchase securities. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (a) 120,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which, as of July 8, 2012, 78,903,480 shares were outstanding, and (b) 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, of which no shares are outstanding on the date hereof or the Original Agreement Date. Except for options to purchase Common Stock issued under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan disclosed in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date
hereof and the Company’s stockholder rights plan, there are no existing options, warrants, calls, preemptive (or similar) rights, subscriptions or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character obligating the Company to
issue, transfer or sell, or cause to be issued, transferred or sold, any shares of the capital stock of the Company or other equity interests in the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares of capital stock or other
equity interests, and there are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or other equity interests. 1,397,333 shares of Common Stock are reserved as of the date
hereof for issuance pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the warrants disclosed in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof. There are no voting agreements or other similar arrangements with respect to the Common
Stock to which the Company is a party and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no voting agreements or similar arrangements relating to the Common Stock (other than irrevocable voting agreements executed by each member of the Company Board
and the Purchaser to vote in favor of the matters listed for approval in Section 8.2 of this Agreement). The description of the Company’s stock option plans, employee stock purchase plans or similar arrangements, and the options or other
rights granted and exercised thereunder, set forth in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date 

  
 16 

 
hereof accurately and fairly presents, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. Except as described in the SEC
Documents filed prior to the date hereof, no person has the right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, whether on a demand basis or in connection with the registration of securities of the
Company for its own account or for the account of any other person. The issuance and sale of the Initial Shares, the New Debt, the Additional Shares and any shares of Common Stock issued to finance the payment of interest under the Rollover Notes or
the Backstop Notes, and the exchange of the Exchange Shares hereunder will not obligate the Company to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any other person (other than the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser) and will not
result in the adjustment of the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price of any outstanding security. Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents filed prior to date hereof, and for capital stock or voting securities of the Company’s
subsidiaries that is owned by the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, there are no outstanding (i) shares of capital stock or voting securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) securities of any Subsidiary of the Company convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or voting securities of any Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) options or other rights to acquire from any Subsidiary of the Company, or any other obligation of any Subsidiary of the Company to
issue, any capital stock, voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or voting securities of any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 Section 3.5. Authorization 
 The Initial Shares, the New Debt and the
Additional Shares (with respect to the Additional Shares only, as of the date of this Agreement, but not as of the Original Agreement Date) have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and sale to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and,
when the Initial Shares are issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Initial Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will be sold free and
clear of any Lien. The Exchange Shares have been duly and validly authorized and reserved for issuance and, upon the exchange of the New Debt in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement, including receipt of the Company Stockholder
Approval, the Exchange Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be sold free and clear of any Lien. When the Additional Shares are issued and delivered by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
Additional Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will be held by the Purchaser or its nominee free and clear of any lien. No further approval or authorization of any stockholder, the board of directors of the
Company (the “Company Board”) or others is required for the issuance and sale or transfer of the Securities, except for the Company Stockholder Approval. The Company and the Company Board have taken all necessary action, if any, in
order to render inapplicable any stockholder rights plan or other “poison pill” arrangement (including without limitation under the Rights Agreement, dated September 6, 2011, by and between the Company and American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, LLC), control share acquisition, business combination or other similar anti-takeover provision under the laws of the state of its incorporation, the Company’s organizational documents and any other agreement
to which the Company is bound, which is or could become applicable to the Purchaser as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company’s issuance of the Securities and the Purchaser’s
respective ownership of Securities issued hereunder and the acquisition of any securities by Purchaser or any Affiliate pursuant to Section 8.18 hereof. 

  
 17 

 Section 3.6. Financial Statements 

Other than as may be set forth in SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, the consolidated financial statements of the Company and
its Subsidiaries contained in the SEC Documents, together with the related schedules and notes (the “Financial Statements”): (a) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the periods specified; (b) have been prepared in material compliance with requirements of the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods presented and present fairly, in all
material respects, the information required to be stated therein; and (c) describe accurately, in all material respects, the controlling principles used to form the basis for their presentation. There are no financial statements (historical or
pro forma) and/or related schedules and notes that are required to be included in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, that are not included as required by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and/or the Rules and Regulations.

 Section 3.7. No Changes 
 Subsequent to December 31, 2011, except as otherwise described in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, there has not been (a) any change, development or event that, individually or
in the aggregate, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) any transaction that is material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (c) any obligation, direct or
contingent incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries that is material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (d) any change in the capital stock or outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that is
material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (e) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on the capital stock of the Company, (f) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) that has been
sustained or will have been sustained that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (g) any waiver by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a material right or of a material debt
owed to it, (h) any sale, assignment or transfer of any intangible property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (i) any arrangement or commitment by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the acts described in subjections (a) through (h) above. 

Section 3.8. Investment Company 
 The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom, will not be an “investment company” as such term is defined
in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 Section 3.9. SEC Documents 

(a) The Company has filed in a timely manner all documents that the Company was required to file under the Exchange Act during the 12
months preceding the date of this Agreement. As of their respective filing dates, all documents that the Company filed under the Exchange Act during the 12 months preceding the date of this Agreement, when taken together with any subsequent
amendments filed thereto, complied or, when filed, 

  
 18 

 
will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, as applicable, and none of such SEC Documents contained or, when filed, will contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or, when filed, will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were or will be
made, not misleading. 
 (b) As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment
letters received from the SEC or its staff. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company’s Subsidiaries is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act. 

(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or
otherwise) except liabilities (i) disclosed in the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 (the “Balance Sheet Date”) included in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof,
(ii) incurred after Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iii) as contemplated by an Operative Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (iv) as would not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material unconsolidated Subsidiaries of the Company or any material off-balance sheet arrangements of any type (including any off-balance sheet arrangement required to be disclosed pursuant
to Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act) that have not been so described in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof nor any obligations to enter into any such arrangements. 

(d) The Companies and its Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2009, have been, in compliance with all, and have not breached or
violated any, Laws applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (e) The Company has implemented disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that are reasonably designed to ensure that material information relating to the
Company, including its Subsidiaries, required to be included in reports filed under the Exchange Act is made known to the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities. Except as otherwise
described in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, the Company and its Subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, including
controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Except as otherwise described in the SEC
Documents filed prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has identified or been made aware of “significant deficiencies” or
“material weaknesses” (as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in the design or operation of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiary’s internal controls and procedures that could reasonably adversely affect
the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, in each case which has not been subsequently remediated. There is no fraud that involves the Company’s or any of its
Subsidiaries’ management or other employees who have a significant role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal control over financial reporting utilized by the Company and its Subsidiaries. 

  
 19 

 Section 3.10. No Integrated Offering 

Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers
or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances within the prior six months that would require registration under the Securities Act of the issuance of the Securities to the Purchaser. 

Section 3.11. Intellectual Property 
 The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark
registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses; and the
conduct of their respective businesses do not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with any such rights of
others, except as disclosed in the SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 3.12. Taxes 
 The Company and its Subsidiaries have paid all Russian, Ukrainian, Polish and U.S. federal, state and local taxes, as well as other foreign taxes, and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed
through the date hereof, except for any taxes that are being disputed in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been set aside, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. 
 Section 3.13. Seniority of Indebtedness 

The obligations of the Company under the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes rank at least pari passu in right of
payment with the Convertible Notes and the 2016 Senior Secured Notes. 
 Section 3.14. No Brokers 

Except for Jefferies & Company Inc., the Company has not dealt with any broker, finder or placement agent in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and, except for certain fees and expenses payable by the Company to Jeffries & Company Inc., the Company has not incurred, and shall not incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for any
brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement, any other Operative Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. 

  
 20 

 Section 3.15. No Other Representations or Warranties 

Except for the representations and warranties expressly contained in this Article III and in the Operative Agreements, the Purchaser
acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses or any other matter or with respect
to any other information provided or made available to the Purchaser or its Affiliates or Representatives, and that all such representations and warranties, other than the representations and warranties of the Company and its Subsidiaries expressly
contained in this Article III or in the Operative Agreements, are expressly disclaimed. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to the Purchaser or
any other Person relating to or resulting from the distribution to the Purchaser or its Affiliates or Representatives, or use by any of them of, any such information except that the foregoing limitations shall not (a) apply to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries to the extent they make the specific representations and warranties set forth in this Article III or in the other Operative Agreements, but always subject to the limitations and restrictions contained herein and therein, or
(b) preclude the Purchaser from any remedy for fraud or constitute an admission by the Purchaser that any element of a claim for fraud cannot be established. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

 The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows: 

Section 4.1. Authorization 
 The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which it is party and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
When executed and delivered, each of the Operative Agreements to which the Purchaser is party will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms. 

Section 4.2. Ownership of Convertible Notes 
 The Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser has good and marketable ownership rights in the Convertible Notes to be exchanged for Rollover Notes free and clear of any option, call, swap, margin or
other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character obligating the Purchaser to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Convertible Notes or granting any third party any rights over such Convertible Notes. 

Section 4.3. Ownership of Purchaser Securities 
 Except for the Purchaser Securities and for shares of Common Stock acquirable under the Operative Agreements, the Purchaser does not, and its Affiliates (other than the other Purchaser) do not, own or
otherwise have the right to acquire, receive, pledge, option, call, subscribe for or exercise any preemptive or other rights with respect to, and the Purchaser and its Affiliates are not party to or otherwise obligated under, any binding agreements,
arrangements or commitments of any character to purchase or otherwise acquire 

  
 21 

 
or cause to be purchased any capital stock of the Company or other equity interests in the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares of capital stock or other
equity interests or any note or other debt instrument representing an obligation of the Company. For purposes of this Section 4.3, “Purchaser Securities” shall include: (a) 12,920,411 shares of Common Stock;
(b) Convertible Notes with a face value of $102,554,000 and (c) the New Debt. The Purchaser and its Affiliates do not own any 2016 Senior Secured Notes. Other than as set forth in Schedule II, the Purchaser and its Affiliates are
not party to or otherwise obligated under any binding voting agreements or other similar arrangements with respect to the Common Stock. 
 Section 4.4. Purchase Entirely for Own Account 
 The Purchaser and its
applicable Affiliates are acquiring the Securities being purchased by it hereunder for its own account, and not for resale or with a view to distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. The Purchaser and its applicable Affiliates have
not entered into an agreement or understanding with the Company to resell or distribute such Securities without prejudice, however, to the Purchaser’s and its Affiliates’ right, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at all times to
sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or under an exemption from such registration and in compliance with applicable securities Laws. 

Section 4.5. Financial Capability 
 The Purchaser has and will have available funds necessary to fund the Backstop Notes, in each case on the terms and conditions contemplated by this Agreement. 

Section 4.6. Investor Status; Etc 
 The Purchaser certifies and represents to the Company that it is now, and at the time the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates acquires any of the Securities, the Purchaser or such Affiliate, as applicable,
has been and will be, an “Accredited Investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Purchaser’s and its Affiliates’ financial condition is such that it is able to bear the risk of
holding the Securities for an indefinite period of time and the risk of loss of its entire investment. The Purchaser has received, reviewed and considered all information it deems necessary in making an informed decision to make an investment in the
Securities and has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the management of the Company concerning this investment and has sufficient knowledge and experience in investing in companies similar to the Company in
terms of the Company’s stage of development so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of its investment in the Company. The Purchaser is acquiring the Securities for its own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to,
or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. 
 Section 4.7. Shares Not
Registered 
 The Purchaser understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, by reason of
their issuance by the Company in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and that the Securities must continue to be held by the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser unless a subsequent disposition
thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from such registration. 

  
 22 

 Section 4.8. No Conflict 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements to which the Purchaser is a party by the
Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with or result in any violation of or default by the Purchaser (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of
termination, cancellation or acceleration of, any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit under (a) any provision of the organizational documents of the Purchaser, (b) to the knowledge of the Purchaser, any material agreement or
instrument, permit, franchise or license or (c) any Law applicable to the Purchaser or its respective properties or assets except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (b) and (c), such conflicts, violations or defaults which would not
materially impede or delay or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (a “Purchaser
Material Adverse Effect”). 
 Section 4.9. Consents 

Other than the Anti-Competition Approvals, all consents, approvals, orders and authorizations required on the part of the Purchaser in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been obtained, or will be obtained, and will be effective as of the Initial Closing, except where the failure
to obtain such consents, approvals, orders or authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.10. No Public Offering 
 The Purchaser has not received any
information relating to the Securities or the Company, and is not purchasing the Securities as a result of, any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to, any advertisement, article, notice or other
communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or pursuant to any seminar or meeting whose attendees were invited by any general solicitation or general advertising. 

Section 4.11. Short Positions; Certain Trading Limitations 

The Purchaser will not, at any time, use any of the Securities acquired pursuant to this Agreement to cover any short position in the
Common Stock if doing so would be in violation of applicable securities laws. The Purchaser (a) represents that on and from the time the Purchaser first became aware of the offering of the Shares until the Original Agreement Date and that on or
from the time the Purchaser first became aware of the offering of the Additional Shares until the date of this Agreement neither it nor anyone acting on its behalf engaged in and (b) represents that, with respect to the Shares, for the period
commencing on the date and time the Original Agreement was executed and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the Company’s issuance of a press release disclosing the transactions contemplated by the Original Agreement and (ii) the
Company’s filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing the transactions contemplated by the Original Agreement and, with respect to the Additional Shares, for the period commencing on the date and time that this Agreement was executed and
ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the Company’s issuance of a press release disclosing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) the Company’s filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing the transactions
contemplated 

  
 23 

 
by this Agreement, neither it nor anyone acting on its behalf engaged or will engage in, any hedging or other transaction which was or is designed to or could reasonably have been or be expected
to lead to or result in, or be characterized as, a sale, an offer to sell, a solicitation of offers to buy, disposition of, loan, pledge or grant of any right with respect to (collectively, a “Disposition”) the Common Stock of the
Company by the Purchaser or any person or entity. Such prohibited hedging or other transaction would include without limitation effecting any short sale (whether or not such sale or position is “against the box”) or any purchase, sale or
grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to the Common Stock of the Company or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any
significant part of its value from the Common Stock of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing set forth above would prohibit the location and/or reservation of borrowable shares of Common Stock. 

Section 4.12. Purchaser Control of Affiliates 
 The Purchaser Controls and, either directly or indirectly, owns Russian Standard Corporation, Roust Trading (Cyprus) Limited (UK Branch) and Russian Standard Bank. 

Section 4.13. Investment Company 
 The Purchaser and any direct or indirect parent entity or controlling person of the Purchaser are not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment
company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 Section 4.14. No Other
Representations or Warranties 
 Except for the representations and warranties expressly contained in this Article IV or made
by the Purchaser in another Operative Agreement, the Company acknowledges that neither the Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates or any
other matter or with respect to any other information provided or made available to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Representatives, and that all such representations and warranties, other than the representations and warranties of the Purchaser
and its Affiliates expressly contained in this Article IV or made by the Purchaser in another Operative Agreement, are expressly disclaimed. Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its Affiliates nor any other Person will have or be subject to any
liability or indemnification obligation to the Company or any other Person relating to or resulting from the distribution to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Representatives, or use by any of them of, any such information except that the foregoing
limitations shall not (a) apply to the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to the extent they make the specific representations and warranties set forth in this Article IV or in the other Operative Agreements, but always subject to the
limitations and restrictions contained herein and therein, or (b) preclude the Company from seeking any remedy for fraud or constitute an admission by the Company that any element of a claim for fraud cannot be established. 

  
 24 

 ARTICLE V 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Section 5.1. Conditions to the Obligation of
the Purchaser to Consummate the Initial Closing 
 The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate the Initial Closing was
subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) The representations and warranties of the
Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects at the Initial Closing as if made at the Initial Closing (except to the extent that such representation and warranty speaks as of a particular date in which case such
representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such date). 
 (b) The Company shall have performed in all material
respects all covenants and agreements herein required to be performed or observed by the Company on or prior to the Initial Closing Date. 
 (c) 15 days shall have passed since the Company filed with NASDAQ a true and complete Notification Form: Listing of Additional Shares covering all applicable Securities, and NASDAQ shall not have objected
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement. 
 (d) No proceeding challenging any
Operative Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and seeking to prohibit, alter or prevent the Initial Closing, the Second Closing or the Backstop Closing, shall have been instituted by any Government Entity and shall be
pending. 
 (e) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement shall be prohibited by
any Law. 
 (f) The Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the
Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 5.1(a) and (b) have been satisfied. 
 (g) No stop order
or suspension of trading shall have been imposed by NASDAQ, the SEC or any other Government Entity, and no suspension or exclusion from trading shall have been imposed by the WSE or the Polish FSA, in each case with respect to public trading in the
Common Stock, and shall be continuing as of the Initial Closing Date. 
 (h) The Purchaser shall have received a certificate
from the chief financial officer of the Company, dated as of the Initial Closing Date and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, certifying as to the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving
effect to the transactions comprising the Initial Closing. 
 (i) No event of default has occurred under any mortgage,
agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which an event of default has occurred, aggregates $30 million or more. 

  
 25 

 (j) The Company shall have enabled the New Debt to be cleared through the Depositary Trust
Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme. 
 Section 5.2. Conditions to
the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Initial Closing 
 The obligation of the Company to consummate the Initial
Closing was subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) The representations and
warranties of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct at the Initial Closing as if made at the Initial Closing (except to the extent that such representation and warranty speaks as of a particular date, in which case such
representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of that date). 
 (b) The Purchaser shall have performed in all
material respects all covenants and agreements herein required to be performed or observed by the Purchaser on or prior to the Initial Closing Date. 
 (c) No proceeding challenging any Operative Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and seeking to prohibit, alter or prevent the Initial Closing shall have been instituted by
any Government Entity and shall be pending. 
 (d) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other
Operative Agreement shall be prohibited by any Law. 
 (e) The Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of
the Purchaser by an executive officer of the Purchaser certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 5.2(a) and Section 5.2(b) have been satisfied. 
 (f) 15 days shall have passed since the Company filed with NASDAQ a true and complete Notification Form: Listing of Additional Shares covering all applicable Securities, and NASDAQ shall not have objected
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement. 
 Section 5.3. Conditions to the
Obligation of the Purchaser to Consummate the Second Closing 
 The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate the Second
Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) The representations and
warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.5 shall be true and correct in all respects at the Second Closing as if made at the Second Closing. 

(b) At the Initial Closing no representation or warranty given in satisfaction of Section 5.1(a) (solely to the extent that the
waiver of rights set forth in Section 8.20 below is effective, other than representations or warranties that were false or incorrect as a result of the Accounting Issue), and no representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement,
was false or incorrect as of the date it was given. 

  
 26 

 (c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects the covenants and agreements
contained in Section 8.1, Section 8.7, Section 8.16 and Section 8.18 herein and required by Section 2.1 and Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement to be performed or observed by the Company on or prior to the Second
Closing. 
 (d) The Company shall have obtained the Company Stockholder Approval. 

(e) The Initial Closing shall have occurred. 
 (f) No proceeding challenging any Operative Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and seeking to prohibit, alter or prevent the Second Closing, shall have been instituted by
any Government Entity and shall be pending. 
 (g) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other
Operative Agreement shall be prohibited by any Law. 
 (h) The Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of
the Company by an executive officer of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 5.3(a), (b) and (c) have been satisfied. 
 (i) No stop order or suspension of trading shall have been imposed by NASDAQ, the SEC or any other Government Entity, and no suspension or exclusion from trading shall have been imposed by the WSE or the
Polish FSA, in each case with respect to public trading in the Common Stock and shall be continuing as of the Second Closing Date. 
 (j) No event of default has occurred under any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money
borrowed of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which an event of default has occurred, aggregates $30
million or more. 
 (k) The Company shall have enabled the Rollover Notes to be cleared through the Depositary Trust Company,
Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme. 
 (l) The Company shall have filed with the
SEC (i) amendments (containing financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are required to be restated due to the Accounting Issue) to all periodic reports of the Company filed with the SEC that contained incorrect financial
statements as a result of the Accounting Issue and (ii) all periodic reports required to be filed on or prior to the date of the Second Closing pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. 

(m) The Company shall have not received written notice of a “Default” from (i) the trustee under the 2016 Senior Secured
Notes Indenture or the holders of at least 25% principal amount of the 2016 Senior Secured Notes or (ii) the trustee under the indenture governing the Convertible Notes or the holders of at least 25% principal amount of the Convertible Notes,
in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in connection with the Accounting Issue, which “Default” has not been cured in all respects under the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture or the indenture governing the Convertible Notes (as
applicable) or irrevocably and effectively waived pursuant to the terms of the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture or the indenture governing the Convertible Notes (as applicable). 

  
 27 

 Section 5.4. Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Consummate the Second
Closing 
 The obligation of the Company to consummate the Second Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
following conditions precedent: 
 (a) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 4.1 and
Section 4.8 shall be true and correct at the Second Closing as if made at the Second Closing. 
 (b) The Purchaser shall
have performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.1 and Section 8.9 herein to be performed or observed by the Purchaser on or prior to the Second Closing. 

(c) No proceeding challenging any Operative Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and seeking to prohibit,
alter or prevent the Second Closing, shall have been instituted by any Government Entity and shall be pending. 
 (d) The
issuance of the Exchange Shares and the exchange of the Convertible Notes by the Purchaser shall not be prohibited by any Law. 

(e) The Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Purchaser by an executive officer of the Purchaser certifying
that the conditions set forth in Sections 5.4(a) and (b) have been satisfied. 
 Section 5.5. Conditions to the
Obligation of the Purchaser to Consummate a Backstop Closing 
 The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate a Backstop
Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) The representations and
warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.5 shall be true and correct in all respects at the Backstop Closing as if made at the Backstop Closing. 

(b) At the Initial Closing no representation or warranty given in satisfaction of Section 5.1(a) (solely to the extent that the
waiver of rights set forth in Section 8.20 below is effective, other than representations or warranties that were false or incorrect as a result of the Accounting Issue), and no representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement,
was false or incorrect as of the date it was given. 
 (c) The Company shall have performed in all material respects the
covenants and agreements contained in Section 8.7, Section 8.16 and Section 8.18 herein and required by the Section 2.1, 2.4 and 2.5 of the Governance Agreement to be performed or observed by the Company on or prior to the
Backstop Closing. 
 (d) Each of the Initial Closing and the Second Closing shall have occurred. 

  
 28 

 (e) The Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an
executive officer of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 5.5(a) have been satisfied. 
 (f) No
event of default has occurred under any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries,
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which an event of default has occurred, aggregates $30 million or more. 

(g) There shall not have occurred a Change of Control (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture) of the Company. 

(h) The issuance of the Backstop Notes and the intended use of the proceeds from the issuance of the Backstop Notes to repay outstanding
Convertible Notes shall not be prohibited by any Law. 
 (i) The Company shall have enabled the Backstop Notes to be cleared
through the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme. 
 (j)
A Backstop Closing shall have occurred on or before March 15, 2013. 
 ARTICLE VI 

TRANSFER, LEGENDS 
 Section 6.1. Securities Law Transfer Restrictions 
 (a) The Purchaser
understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or any U.S. state securities laws, and the Purchaser agrees that it will not dispose of the Securities unless (a) the resale of the Securities is registered under
the Securities Act or (b) such registration is not required under the Securities Act or any applicable U.S. state securities law due to the applicability of an exemption therefrom. In that connection, the Purchaser is aware of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act and the requirements to qualify thereunder. 
 (b) The Purchaser acknowledges that no action has been or
will be taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States by the Company that would permit an offering of the Securities, or possession or distribution of offering materials in connection with the issue of Securities, in any jurisdiction outside
of the United States where action for that purpose is required. 

  
 29 

 Section 6.2. Legends 

(a) Each certificate representing any of the Securities shall be endorsed with the legends set forth below (and any Securities issued in
noncertificated form shall be subject to appropriate stop transfer instructions), and the Purchaser covenants that, except to the extent such restrictions are waived by the Company, it shall not transfer the Securities (whether or not represented by
any such certificate) without complying with the restrictions on transfer described in this Agreement and the legends endorsed on such certificate, if any: 
 “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH A DISPOSITION PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION,
UPON DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SAID ACT.” 
 (b) The restrictions imposed by Section 6.2(a) above will cease and terminate as to any particular Security (i) when in the opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company such legend is
no longer required in order to ensure compliance by the Company with the Securities Act or (ii) when such Security shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. Whenever such restrictions will cease and terminate as to any Securities, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense, new certificates not bearing the legend set forth in Section 6.2(a) above.

 (c) Each certificate representing any of the New Debt, Rollover Notes or Backstop Notes shall be endorsed with legends
substantially in the form set forth on the form of such note annexed hereto, and the Purchaser covenants that, except to the extent such restrictions are waived by the Company, it shall not transfer the New Debt, Rollover Notes or Backstop Notes
without complying with the legends set forth thereon. 
 ARTICLE VII 

TERMINATION 
 Section 7.1. Termination 
 This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions contemplated hereunder abandoned only as follows: 
 (a) [intentionally left blank]; or 

(b) at any time by mutual agreement of the Company and the Purchaser; or 

(c) by the Company in order to concurrently enter into an acquisition agreement or similar agreement with respect to any Superior
Proposal, provided that (i) the Company has complied with the terms of Section 8.4, (ii) the Company’s stockholders shall have failed to provide the Company Stockholder Approval at the Stockholders Meeting and
(iii) the Company shall have paid the fee payable pursuant to Section 7.2(b) below; or 
 (d) by the Purchaser if the
Company Stockholder Approval has not been obtained and (i) the Company shall have failed to include the Company Recommendation in 

  
 30 

 
the Proxy Statement, (ii) the Company Board shall have made a Change in Recommendation in accordance with Section 8.2 and Section 8.4 (other than in response to a Purchaser
Intervening Event where the Purchaser Intervening Event is the primary reason for the Change in Recommendation and the Company Board certifies in writing to the Purchaser that a Purchaser Intervening Event has occurred and the nature of the
Purchaser Intervening Event), (iii) an Alternative Proposal has been publicly announced and the Company Board shall have failed to publicly reaffirm its recommendation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby not later than
five Business Days prior to the date of the Stockholders Meeting or (iv) the Company breaches its covenants or agreements set forth in Section 8.2, Section 8.4 (other than Section 8.4(f)) and Section 8.6 and such breach is
not cured, if capable of cure, within 10 Business Days after written notice of such breach by the Purchaser to the Company; provided, that the Purchaser will only be able to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) if the
Purchaser is not then in breach of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in a manner that would cause the conditions set forth in (y) Sections 5.2(a) or 5.2(b), with respect to a termination prior to the Initial Closing or
(z) Section 5.4(a) or 5.4(b), with respect to a termination after the Initial Closing and prior to the Second Closing, in the case of each of clauses (y) and (z) above, not to be satisfied; 

(e) by the Purchaser or the Company if the Second Closing shall not have been consummated by December 31, 2012 (the “End
Date”); provided, that the right to terminate the Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(e) shall not be available to any party whose breach or failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement has caused the
failure of any Second Closing Condition Precedent set forth in Section 5.3, with respect to a termination by the Company, or Section 5.4, with respect to a termination by the Purchaser, to be satisfied; or; 

(f) by the Purchaser if the stockholders of the Company fail to provide the Company Stockholder Approval at the Stockholders Meeting (or
any adjournment thereof). 
 Section 7.2. Effect of Termination 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 7.2(b) below, any termination pursuant to this Article VII shall be without liability on the
part of any party; provided that each party hereto shall remain liable for any breach of this Agreement prior to its termination notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any termination of this agreement pursuant to
this Article VII, this Section 7.2 shall survive any such termination and Section 8.13, Section 8.15, Section 9.6 and Section 10.1 through Section 10.9 of this Agreement will not terminate and will survive any
termination of this Agreement. 
 (b) In the event this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 7.1(c)
or the Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.1(d), then either concurrently with such termination (in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 7.1(c)) or within two Business Days after such termination (in the case of a termination pursuant
to Section 7.1(d)) the Company will pay the Purchaser a fee equal to $12,000,000 in cash by wire transfer to an account designated by the Purchaser. The amounts referenced in this Section 7.2(b) and the expenses and interest referred to
Section 7.2(c) below shall be deemed to be liquidated damages for any and all losses or damages suffered or incurred by the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates or any other person in connection with this Agreement (and the termination hereof), the
transactions contemplated hereby (and the abandonment thereof) or any matter forming 

  
 31 

 
the basis for such termination, and after payment of such fee and any amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 7.2(c) below neither the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates nor any other
person shall be entitled to bring or maintain any claim, action or proceeding against the Company or any of its Affiliates arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any matters forming the
basis for such termination; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7.2(b) shall limit the rights of the Purchaser under Section 10.1(c) and Section 10.8. 

(c) Each of the parties hereto acknowledge that the agreements contained in Section 7.2(b) above are an integral part of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that without these agreements the Purchaser would not enter into this Agreement. Accordingly, if the Company fails to timely pay any amount due pursuant to Section 7.2(b) above, and, in order to
obtain the payment, the Purchaser commence a lawsuit that results in a judgment against the Company for the payment set forth in this Section 7.2(b) above, the Company shall pay the Purchaser’s reasonable and documented costs and expenses
(including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees) in connection with such lawsuit, together with interest on such amount at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal in effect on the date such payment was required to be made
through the date such payment was actually received. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but
subject to Section 10.1(c) below and Section 10.8 below, the Purchaser’s right to receive payment from the Company of the amount referred to in Section 7.2(b) above, the expenses and interest referred to Section 7.2(c)
above, the remedies available under the terms of the New Debt and the terms of Section 8.15(a) hereof, and the rights of the Purchaser under Section 8.13 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Purchaser against the Company and its
Subsidiaries and any of their respective former, current or future officers, directors, partners, stockholders, managers, members or Affiliates (collectively, “Company Related Parties”) in connection with a termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(c) above or Section 7.1(d) above, and upon payment of such amount(s), none of the Company Related Parties shall have any further liability or obligation relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

COVENANTS 

Section 8.1. Preparation and Mailing of Proxy Statement 
 (a) As promptly as reasonably practicable following the filing with the SEC of (i) amendments (containing financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are required to be restated due
to the Accounting Issue) to all periodic reports of the Company filed with the SEC that contained incorrect financial statements as a result of the Accounting Issue and (ii) all periodic reports required to be filed on or prior to the date the
filings described in clause (i) above are filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC rules and regulations, but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC proxy materials that shall
constitute the proxy statement relating to the Company Stockholder Approval to be sought at the Stockholders Meeting (such proxy statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Proxy Statement”). Other than seeking
(i) the Company Stockholder Approval, (ii) approval by the affirmative 

  
 32 

 
vote of the holders of a majority of shares of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock to amend the Certificate of Incorporation to increase the size of the Company Board to eleven
(11) directors, (iii) the election of directors to the Company Board, (iv) the ratification of the choice of the Company’s accountants, (v) an increase in the authorized share capital of the Company of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and (vi) the approval of the Company’s employee stock incentive plan, the Proxy Statement shall not seek the approval of stockholders of the Company with respect to any other matter, and the Company shall not solicit proxies
for the authority to act on any other matter that may be taken up at the Stockholders Meeting. Prior to filing the Proxy Statement, the Company will provide drafts thereof to the Purchaser, will give the Purchaser a reasonable time to review and
comment thereon and will consider in good faith any comments made by the Purchaser. The Proxy Statement shall comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder and shall not, on the date it is first mailed to stockholders of the Company and at the time of the Stockholders Meeting, contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading. The parties hereto shall reasonably cooperate with each other and provide to each other all information necessary in
order to prepare the Proxy Statement, and shall provide promptly to the other parties any information such party may obtain that would reasonably be expected to necessitate amending the Proxy Statement. 

(b) The Company shall, as promptly as practicable after receipt thereof (and in any event within two (2) Business Days), provide
the Purchaser copies of any written comments and advise the Purchaser of any oral comments with respect to the Proxy Statement received from the SEC. 
 (c) The Company shall cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to its stockholders at the earliest practicable time after the SEC informs the Company that it will not review, or completes its review
thereof, or ten days pass without notice from the SEC that it will review the Proxy Statement. The Company shall take any action (other than qualifying to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified or to file a general
consent to service of process) required to be taken under any applicable U.S. state securities laws in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the Company shall furnish all information concerning it and the holders of its capital
stock as may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action. 
 (d) If at any time prior to the Second Closing
Date, (i) any event or change occurs with respect to the parties hereto or any of their respective Affiliates, officers or directors, which is required, in either party’s reasonable judgment, to be set forth in an amendment of, or
supplement to, the Proxy Statement or (ii) any information relating to the parties hereto, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers or directors, should be discovered by a party which should be set forth in an amendment of, or supplement
to, the Proxy Statement so that such document would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, the Company shall file as promptly as practicable with the SEC an amendment of or supplement to the Proxy Statement and, as required by Law, disseminate the information contained in such amendment or supplement to the stockholders of the
Company; provided, that prior to filing any such amendment or supplement, the Company will provide drafts thereof to the Purchaser, will give the Purchaser a reasonable time to review and comment thereon and will consider in good faith any
comments made by the Purchaser. 

  
 33 

 Section 8.2. Stockholders Meeting; Recommendation 

The Company shall duly take all lawful action to call, give notice of, convene and hold a meeting of the stockholders of the Company (the
“Stockholders Meeting”) on a date as promptly as practicable (and in any event within five Business Days) after the SEC informs the Company that it will not review, or completes its review of the Proxy Statement, or ten days pass
without notice from the SEC that it will review the Proxy Statement, solely for the purpose of obtaining the Company Stockholder Approval and the other matters specified in Section 8.1(a) above, and subject to and until a Change in
Recommendation made in accordance with this Section 8.2 and Section 8.4 the Company shall take all lawful action to solicit the Company Stockholder Approval. The Company shall not permit a meeting of its stockholders to occur, or permit
its stockholders to vote on any matter, until the Stockholders Meeting called to approve the matters set forth in the Proxy Statement delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 has occurred. The Company Board shall recommend the issuance of Exchange
Shares and the other transactions as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements (the “Company Recommendation”), provided that if the Company Board determines at any time prior to the Stockholders
Meeting in good faith after consultation with its financial advisers and outside legal counsel and in response to an Intervening Event that the Company Recommendation would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law it shall be
under no obligation to make such Company Recommendation and, after complying with the procedures set forth in Section 8.4(c) and after the expiration of the Purchaser Review Period, may change, alter or rescind any Company Recommendation (each,
a “Change in Recommendation”) that has otherwise been made; and provided further, that no change in Company Recommendation or failure to make the Company Recommendation shall affect the obligation of the Company to hold the
Stockholders Meeting in the manner set forth in this Section 8.2. 
 Section 8.3. Consents and Approvals 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties will use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be
taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including preparing and filing as promptly as practicable all
documentation to effect all necessary filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information, applications and other documents necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, (i) filings, if any, required under any antitrust Laws of any applicable jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the Anti-Competition Approvals), as agreed by the parties hereto, (ii) any filings required under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any applicable U.S. state or securities or “blue sky” laws and the securities laws of any foreign country, or under any other Law relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
(iii) any filings required under the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Each party hereto will cause all documents that it is responsible for filing with any Government Entity under this Section 8.3 to comply in all material respects with all
applicable Laws. Each party hereto shall promptly supply the other with any information which may be required in order to effectuate any filings or application pursuant to this Section 8.3. 

  
 34 

 (b) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each of the parties
hereto agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make
effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using all reasonable efforts to accomplish the following: (i) the taking of all reasonable acts necessary to cause the conditions
precedent of the Purchaser (with respect to the Company) or the Company (with respect to the Purchaser) set forth in Article V to be satisfied, (ii) the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents, approvals, orders and
authorizations from Government Entities and the making of all necessary registrations, declarations and filings (including registrations, declarations and filings with Government Entities, if any) and the taking of all reasonable steps as may be
necessary to avoid any suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding by any Government Entity, (iii) the obtaining of all necessary consents, approvals or waivers from third parties and (iv) the execution or delivery of any additional
instruments necessary to consummate the transactions and to fully carry out the purposes of this Agreement. In connection with and without limiting the foregoing, the Company and the Company Board shall, if any takeover statute or similar Law is or
becomes applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms
contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to minimize the effect of such Law on this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 (c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each of the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes to be cleared through the Depositary Trust Company, Euroclear S.A./N.V. or
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme with as few changes as possible from the form of such instruments attached as Exhibits to this Agreement. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to deliver all such certificates,
instruments, agreements, disclosure materials and such other documents or materials as such clearing system may require. Prior to filing such certificates, instruments, agreements, disclosure materials and such other documents or materials, the
Company will provide drafts thereof to the Purchaser, will give the Purchaser a reasonable time to review and comment thereon and will consider in good faith any comments made by the Purchaser. 

Section 8.4. Alternative Proposals 
 (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.4, at all times during the period commencing with Effective Date and continuing until the earlier to occur of the termination of this Agreement and the
Second Closing Date, the Company shall not, and shall cause its officers and directors not to, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its and its Subsidiaries’ employees, investment bankers, attorneys and other advisors or
representatives (collectively with officers and directors of the Company, “Representatives”) not to, (i) solicit, initiate, encourage, or induce any inquiry with respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of, any
proposal or offer which would reasonably be expected to lead to a merger, acquisition, consolidation, tender offer, exchange offer or similar transaction involving, or any proposal or offer to purchase or acquire in any manner (A) assets
representing 10% or more of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (B) an equity interest in 10% or more of the Equity Securities or (C) any other transaction that is or would be an alternative to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (any such proposal or offer being hereinafter referred to as an “Acquisition 

  
 35 

 
Proposal”), (ii) enter into, participate, continue or otherwise engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any non-public information to any Person (other than the
Purchaser, its Affiliates and its respective representatives) with respect to any inquiries regarding, or the making of, an Acquisition Proposal or that would otherwise reasonably be expected to lead to any Acquisition Proposal, (iii) approve,
endorse or recommend any Acquisition Proposal or (iv) enter into or approve any letter of intent, agreement in principle, acquisition agreement or similar agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall immediately terminate,
and shall cause its Representatives to immediately terminate, all discussions or negotiations, if any, that are ongoing as of the date hereof with any third party with respect to an Acquisition Proposal. 

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.4, the Company may (A) provide information in response to a request by a
Person who has made a bona fide written Acquisition Proposal that was not initiated or solicited in violation of Section 8.4(a) if the Company receives from the Person so requesting the information an executed confidentiality agreement that is
customary for transactions of the type of the Acquisition Proposal; and/or (B) engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person who has made a bona fide written Acquisition Proposal that was not initiated or solicited in violation of
Section 8.4(a), if, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), the Company Board determines in good faith after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel that failure to take this action would be inconsistent with
its fiduciary duties under applicable Law and if the Company Board determines in good faith that the Acquisition Proposal either constitutes a Superior Proposal or is reasonably likely to lead to a Superior Proposal. As used in this Agreement,
“Superior Proposal” means a bona fide Acquisition Proposal that the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its financial advisor and outside legal counsel) is reasonably expected to be consummated in
accordance with its terms, taking into account all legal, financial and regulatory aspects of the proposal and the Person making the Acquisition Proposal, and if consummated, would result in a transaction that is more favorable to the stockholders
of the Company from a financial point of view than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (after taking into account any revisions to the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements agreed to
by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.4(c)), where the Company Board has concluded, in good faith after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel, that the failure of the Company Board to identify such proposal as a
Superior Proposal would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law; provided, that for purposes of the definition of “Superior Proposal,” references to 10% in the definition of Acquisition Proposal shall be
deemed to be references to “28%.” 
 (c) The Company shall notify the Purchaser orally and in writing promptly, and
in any event within three (3) Business Days, after receipt of any Acquisition Proposal. The written notice shall include the identity of the third party making such Acquisition Proposal, the material terms of the Acquisition Proposal and copies
of any written communications and documents setting forth the material terms of such Acquisition Proposal received by the Company from the third party making such Acquisition Proposal or its Representatives or Affiliates, and the Company shall keep
the Purchaser reasonably informed of any material changes with respect to such Acquisition Proposal on a prompt basis (and in any event within 24 hours). The Company shall promptly notify the Purchaser orally and in writing upon determination by the
Company Board, after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel, that an Acquisition Proposal is a Superior Proposal. The Company shall not effect a change in the Company Recommendation (whether relating to a

  
 36 

 
Superior Proposal or otherwise) until after the fifth Business Day following the Purchaser’s receipt of written notice (a “Change in Recommendation Notice”) from the Company
(i) with respect to a change in the Company Recommendation as a result of the Superior Proposal, advising the Purchaser that the Company Board has received a Superior Proposal, specifying the terms and conditions of the Superior Proposal and
stating that the Company Board intends to effect a Change in Recommendation and (ii) with respect to a change in the Company Recommendation not relating to a Superior Proposal, specifying in reasonable detail the Intervening Event precipitating
the Change in Recommendation and the reason for such change in Company Recommendation. The Company agrees that after providing the Purchaser a Change in Recommendation Notice, during the five-Business Day period specified in the preceding sentence
(such period, the “Purchaser Review Period”), the Purchaser will be permitted to propose to the Company revisions to the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements, and the Company
and its Representatives will, if requested by the Purchaser, negotiate in good faith with the Purchaser and its Representatives regarding any revisions to the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative
Agreements proposed by the Purchaser. 
 (d) Nothing contained in this Section 8.4 shall prohibit the Company or the
Company Board from taking and disclosing to the Company’s stockholders a position with respect to a tender offer by a third party pursuant to Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act or from making such disclosure to the
Company’s stockholders which, in the judgment of the Company Board after receiving advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable Law. 

(e) The Purchaser agrees that the provisions of Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement shall not restrict the Company Board’s
consideration of any matter pursuant to this Section 8.4; provided, however, that the Company may not consummate a transaction prohibited by Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Purchaser. 
 (f) If Purchaser or an Affiliate of Purchaser commences a tender offer to acquire Common Stock up to the Share
Cap when permitted to do so by, and in accordance with, Section 8.17 below, the Company or the Company Board will recommend that stockholders tender their shares of Common Stock pursuant to such offer, and take all actions to support such offer
reasonably requested by Purchaser, provided that (i) the purchase price per share of Common Stock offered in such offer is at or above the price of the Common Stock on the trading day immediately prior to the commencement of such offer or
(ii) the tender offer is styled as a “Dutch auction”. 
 Section 8.5. Reservation of Common Stock

 As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved and the Company shall continue to reserve and keep available at all times,
free of preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Company to issue Initial Shares pursuant to this Agreement, Exchange Shares pursuant to any exchange of the New Debt, the Additional Shares and
any other the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Operative Agreements. 

  
 37 

 Section 8.6. Reporting Status; Listing of Common Stock 

The Company’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. At all times during the period commencing with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier to occur of the termination of this Agreement and the Second Closing Date, the Company will use its best efforts to timely file all reports, schedules, forms, statements
and other documents required to be filed by it with (i) the SEC under the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and (ii) the Polish FSA under the reporting obligations of the Polish Public Offering Act and/or the Polish Securities
Trading Act, and the Company will not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the Exchange Act even if such laws or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination. As soon as reasonably practicable
following the Initial Closing (but otherwise not more than 30 days after the Initial Closing), the Company will use its best efforts to list all of the Initial Shares on NASDAQ; as soon as reasonably practicable following the Second Closing (but
otherwise not more than 30 days after the Second Closing), the Company will use its best efforts to list any of the Exchange Shares exchanged for New Debt and any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the payment of interest under the New
Debt, the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes in shares of Common Stock (as provided for therein) on NASDAQ; and as soon as reasonable practicable after the Issuance of any Additional Shares (but otherwise not more than 30 days after the issuance
thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to list any of the Additional Shares so issued on NASDAQ. At all times during the period commencing with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier to occur of the
termination of this Agreement and the Second Closing Date, the Company will use best efforts to continue the listing and trading of its Common Stock on NASDAQ and will comply in all respects with the Company’s reporting, filing and other
obligations under the NASDAQ. 
 Section 8.7. Use of Cash Proceeds 

(a) The Company shall utilize (i) the entire amount of proceeds received from the issuance of the New Debt (net of transaction
fees, expenses and costs) solely to repurchase and cancel Convertible Notes and pay related transaction fees, costs, expenses and taxes, and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect such repurchases or redemptions as promptly as
commercially practicable following the Initial Closing, and (ii) the entire amount of proceeds received from the issuance of the Initial Shares (net of transaction fees, expenses and costs) solely to repurchase and cancel Convertible Notes and
pay related transaction fees, costs, expenses and taxes, and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect such repurchases or redemptions as promptly as commercially practicable following the Second Closing. The Company shall notify
the Purchaser of such repurchases or redemptions as promptly as practicable after their execution and no less frequently than monthly. 
 (b) On the Second Closing Date the Company shall use all of the proceeds received from the Purchaser’s, or any Affiliate of the Purchaser’s, purchase of $102,554,000 (face value) of Rollover
Notes pursuant to Section 2.3 above solely to repurchase and cancel, at par, $102,554,000 of Convertible Notes held by the Purchaser, and in addition, and without duplication of amounts paid under the Convertible Notes, the Company shall pay to
the Purchaser all accrued but unpaid interest then outstanding on such Convertible Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, all payments relating to the purchase of Rollover Notes and the repurchase and cancellation of Convertible Notes pursuant to this
Section 8.7(b) shall be in United States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds and shall be made on the same day. 

  
 38 

 (c) On the Backstop Closing Date the Company shall use all of the proceeds received from
the Purchaser’s, or any Affiliate of the Purchaser’s, purchase of Rollover Notes pursuant to Section 2.6 above to repurchase and cancel, at par, Convertible Notes held by the Purchaser with a face value equal to the amount set forth
in the notice of ownership provided by the Purchaser to the Company pursuant to Section 2.5, and in addition, and without duplication of amounts paid under the Convertible Notes, the Company shall pay to the Purchaser all accrued but unpaid
interest then outstanding on such Convertible Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, all payments relating to the purchase of Rollover Notes and the repurchase and cancellation of Convertible Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7(c) shall be in United
States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds and shall be made on the same day. 
 Section 8.8. Funding
Backstop Notes and Use of Proceeds 
 (a) The Purchaser and the Company shall enter into the Backstop Escrow Agreement on and
as of the Second Closing Date. 
 (b) The Company shall utilize the entire proceeds from the issuance of Backstop Notes
pursuant to Section 2.5 above (net of transaction fees, expenses and costs), when and if distributed from the Backstop Escrow Account pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Escrow Agreement, to repay the outstanding principal of the Convertible
Notes, upon the maturity thereof, and pay related transaction fees, costs, expenses and taxes, substantially contemporaneously with such distribution from the Backstop Escrow Account. For the avoidance of doubt, all payments relating to the
distribution of the proceeds from the Backstop Escrow Account to the Company and the repurchase of the Convertible Notes by the Company from holders thereof shall be in United States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds and shall
be made on the same day. 
 Section 8.9. Purchaser Lock-Up 

The Purchaser agrees that it will not, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Affiliates and any person acting on its or
their behalf and at its or their direction not to, directly or indirectly, from the Effective Date until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months after the Effective Date or (ii) the failure of the Second Closing to occur by the End
Date: 
 (a) sell, lend, mortgage, assign, contract to sell, pledge, charge, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase
any option or contract to sell, grant any option or right or warrant to purchase, lend, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any security or financial product whose value is determined directly or indirectly by reference to the
price of the underlying securities, including equity swaps, forward sales and options or global depositary receipts representing the right to receive any such securities; or 
 (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock; or 

(c) enter into any transaction with the same economic effect as, or agree to, or publicly announce any intention to enter into, any
transaction described above, 

  
 39 

 
whether any such transaction described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, and in each
of clause (a), (b) and (c), other than by the Purchaser or Affiliate of the Purchaser to any Affiliate of the Purchaser or by any Affiliate of the Purchaser to the Purchaser and other than as contemplated by this Agreement and the other
Operative Agreements. 
 Section 8.10. [Intentionally Left Blank] 

Section 8.11. Purchase and Sale and Put / Call Obligations 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the New Debt, at any time elected by the Purchaser that is after the Second Closing has
occurred and on or prior to April 9, 2013, Purchaser shall, upon five (5) Business Days written notice to the Company of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section 8.11(a), pay or cause to be paid to the Company in cash an
amount not to exceed the amount of the sum of (i) any interest paid in cash in respect of the New Debt prior to the date of the Second Closing and (ii) any interest accrued prior to the date of the Second Closing and not yet paid in cash
in respect of the New Debt, in exchange for the issuance, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, by the Company to the Purchaser (or an Affiliate of the Purchaser designated by the Purchaser) of a number of shares of Common Stock (delivered
in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for herein and rounded down to the nearest whole share) determined by dividing the amount of such interest by $3.44, provided that (A) if the issuance of Common
Stock contemplated by this Section 8.11(a) would trigger the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act, then the maximum amount of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Section 8.11(a), and the corresponding amount
owed by the Purchaser to the Company in respect of such Common Stock, shall be the maximum amount of Common Stock that can then be issued without causing such provisions to be triggered, (B) in the event that an Anti-Competition Approval is not
obtained on or prior to the time that amounts are owed by the Purchaser pursuant to this Section 8.11(a) and issuance of Common Stock contemplated by this Section 8.11(a) would result in beneficial ownership by the Purchaser and its
Affiliates of a percentage of Common Stock that would exceed the percentage permitted under applicable Law without obtaining such Anti-Competition Approval, then the maximum amount of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Section 8.11(a), and
the corresponding amount owed by the Purchaser to the Company in respect of such Common Stock, shall be the maximum amount of Common Stock that then can be issued without causing the Purchaser and its Affiliates to violate such Law, (C) in the
event that the Company shall have filed a registration statement with the SEC at the Purchaser’s or any of its Affiliates’ request pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to be issued, and the
Company shall not issue, any shares of Common Stock thereafter pursuant to this Section 8.11(a) and (D) no shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Section 8.11(a) to the extent that such issuance would result in the
Purchaser and its Affiliates’ shares ownership, after giving effect to the issuance of the Exchange Shares, exceeding the Share Cap. In each instance where the Polish Public Offering Act or an Anti-Competition Approval has impeded the issuance
of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8.11(a), the transactions contemplated by this Section 8.11(a) shall be effected as soon as reasonably practicable after the lifting of the applicable impediment. The Company shall utilize the
proceeds of such payment received from the Purchaser pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 8.11(a) to satisfy its cash interest payment obligations on the applicable interest payment date. The payment of such amounts shall be in addition
to any cash interest then owing (other than in respect of interest accruing on or prior to the Second Closing Date). 

  
 40 

 (b) 

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes, to the extent interest has
accrued from and including the date of issue and through and including April 9, 2013, pursuant to the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes, on April 9, 2013, the Purchaser shall pay or cause to be paid to the Company the amount of such
interest in exchange for the issuance by the Company to the Purchaser (or an Affiliate of the Purchaser designated by the Purchaser) of a number of shares of Common Stock (delivered in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions
provided for herein and rounded down to the nearest whole share) determined by dividing the amount of such interest payment due by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock on NASDAQ during the five trading days up
to and including the fifth trading day prior to the interest payment date (the “VWAP”) (or if the Common Stock is not then traded on NASDAQ, the fair value of the Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Purchaser and the
Company) (rounded down to the nearest penny); provided, that (A) if the VWAP or fair value of such Common Stock is greater than $4.13 per share, it shall be deemed to be $4.13 for purposes of this Section 8.11(b)(i) and (B) if
the VWAP or fair value of such Common Stock is less than $2.75 per share, it shall be deemed to be $2.75 for purposes of this Section 8.11(b)(i). The Company shall utilize the proceeds of such payment received from the Purchaser to satisfy its
cash interest payment obligations on the applicable interest payment date. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes, on April 9, 2013, the Purchaser shall pay or cause to be paid to the Company the amount of all interest under the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes that will accrue in 2013, and with
respect to the Rollover Notes, in addition all interest that will accrue between January 1, 2014 and June 30, 2014, and that has not been paid pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(i) above, in exchange for the issuance by the Company to the
Purchaser (or an Affiliate of the Purchaser designated by the Purchaser) of a number of shares of Common Stock (delivered in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for herein and rounded down to the nearest whole
share) determined by dividing the amount of such payment by the VWAP as of April 9, 2013 (or if the Common Stock is not then traded on NASDAQ, the fair value of the Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Purchaser and the
Company) (rounded down to the nearest penny); provided, that (A) if the VWAP or fair value of such Common Stock is greater than $4.13 per share, it shall be deemed to be $4.13 for purposes of this Section 8.11(b)(ii) and (B) if
the VWAP or fair value of such Common Stock is less than $2.75 per share, it shall be deemed to be $2.75 for purposes of this Section 8.11(b)(ii). On April 9, 2013, the Company shall utilize the proceeds of such payment received from the
Purchaser to pre-pay its cash interest payment obligations for 2013, under the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes that have not been paid pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(ii) above. Each of the Company and the Purchaser agree to execute and
deliver to the paying agent for the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes such payment instruction, or such supplement, waiver or amendment to the terms of the Rollover Notes and/or the Backstop Notes, and any related certifications or other
documents, as may be reasonably required by such paying agent to effect the reduction described in this Section 8.11(b)(ii). 

  
 41 

 (iii) If the exchange of Common Stock contemplated by
Section 8.11(b)(i) or Section 8.11(b)(ii) above would trigger the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act, then the maximum amount of Common Stock issued pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(i) or
Section 8.11(b)(ii), and the corresponding amount owed by the Purchaser to the Company in respect of such Common Stock, shall be the maximum amount of Common Stock that can then be issued without causing such provisions to be triggered. In each
instance where the Polish Public Offering Act has impeded the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8.11(b), the transactions contemplated by this Section 8.11(b) shall be effected as soon as reasonably practicable after the
lifting of the applicable impediment. 
 (iv) In the event that the Anti-Competition Approvals are not obtained
on or prior to the time that amounts are owed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(i) and Section 8.11(b)(ii) and that issuance of Common Stock contemplated by Section 8.11(b)(i) or Section 8.11(b)(ii) would result in
beneficial ownership by the Purchaser and its Affiliates of a percentage of Common Stock that would exceed the percentage permitted under applicable Law without obtaining such Anti-Competition Approval, then the maximum amount of Common Stock issued
pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(i) or Section 8.11(b)(ii), as applicable, and the corresponding amount owed by the Purchaser to the Company in respect of such Common Stock, shall be the maximum amount of Common Stock that can then be issued
without causing such Laws from being triggered. In each instance where an Anti-Competition Approval has impeded the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8.11(b), the transactions contemplated by this Section 8.11(b) shall be
effected as soon as reasonably practicable after the lifting of the applicable impediment. 
 (v) In the event
that the Company shall have filed a registration statement with the SEC at the Purchaser’s or any of its Affiliates’ request pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to be issued, and the Company
shall not issue, any shares of Common Stock thereafter pursuant to Section 8.11(b)(i) or Section 8.11(b)(ii). 
 (vi) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.11(b), no shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Section 8.11(b) to the extent that such issuance would result in
the Purchaser and its Affiliates’ owning shares of Common Stock, after giving effect to the issuance of the Exchange Shares, exceeding the Share Cap. 
 (vii) The payment of amounts under this Section 8.11(b) shall be in addition to any cash interest then owing (other than in respect of interest accruing on or prior to December 31, 2013 and on
or prior to June 30, 2014 with respect to the Rollover Notes). 
 (c) Subject to (a) the Second Closing being
consummated and (b) the occurrence of a Mandatory Tender Termination Event, the Purchaser agrees to purchase, or 

  
 42 

 
cause an Affiliate to purchase, from the Company, and the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser designated by the Purchaser, 13,333,333 shares of Common Stock.
The closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by this Section 8.11(c) shall be the earlier to occur of January 30, 2013 or the occurrence of a Mandatory Tender Termination Event. At the closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by
this Section 8.11(c), (x) the Company will deliver against payment therefor the amount of stock required by this Section 8.11(c) to the Purchaser (delivered in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for
herein) and (y) the Purchaser will pay to the Company, in United States dollars, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Company shall designate in writing to the Purchaser no later than two Business
Days prior to the date that such payment is to be made, an amount equal to the principal amount of the New Debt. On the date that the Company receives a payment pursuant to this Section 8.11(c) the Company shall utilize the proceeds of such
payment received from the Purchaser to repurchase or redeem the New Debt. The Purchaser agrees to sell, or cause any Affiliate of the Purchaser who holds the New Debt to sell, the entire aggregate $70,000,000 principal amount of New Debt in exchange
for the payment described in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Anti-Competition Approvals are not obtained on or prior to the time of the closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by
this Section 8.11(c) and the purchase and sale of any portion of the Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8.11(c) would result in beneficial ownership by the Purchaser and its Affiliates of a percentage of Common Stock that would exceed
the percentage permitted under applicable Law without obtaining such Anti-Competition Approval (the portion of the Aggregate Exchange Amount resulting in such excess, the “Deferred Purchase Amount”), then the Purchaser (or an
Affiliate thereof) shall not purchase, and the Company shall not sell, the Deferred Purchase Amount until such Anti-Competition Approval is obtained and the closing of the purchase and sale of the Deferred Purchase Amount shall occur as soon as
reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days) after such Anti-Competition Approval is obtained (if at all). 
 (d) Amounts that the Company is required under this Section 8.11 to pay under the New Debt, the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes shall be paid in full to the fiscal agent for the applicable note
for further payment to the Purchaser (or an Affiliate of the Purchaser) subject to the terms of the Fiscal Agency Agreement and all provisions of each applicable note (including Condition 4.2 thereof). 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all Common Stock to be delivered to the Purchaser (or an Affiliate of
the Purchaser designated by the Purchaser) pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered without any deduction or withholding. 

(f) If the Company intends to instruct the fiscal agent for the New Debt to withhold from any amount payable by the Company in respect
thereof, the Company shall, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the required withholding date, notify the Purchaser and the Fiscal Agent of such fact. The Purchaser and the Company shall discuss the requirement for such
withholding in good faith, it being understood that any final decision in respect of any instruction that the Company may give to the fiscal agent for the notes regarding the applicability and amount of withholding shall be made by the Company
acting in good faith and on the basis of applicable Law. 

  
 43 

 Section 8.12. Limitations on Transfer of New Debt, Rollover and Backstop Note

 (a) Until such time, if ever, that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 prior to the Second Closing
having occurred, the Purchaser will not directly or indirectly Transfer the New Debt to any person that is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser and an Affiliate of the Purchaser will not directly or indirectly Transfer the New Debt to any person that
is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser or the Purchaser. 
 (b) Until one year from the Effective Date (the “Debt
Securities Lock-Up End Date”), the Purchaser will not directly or indirectly Transfer the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes to any person that is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser and an Affiliate of the Purchaser will not directly or
indirectly Transfer Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes to any person that is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser or the Purchaser. 
 (c) The Purchaser shall not, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Affiliates to not, other than with an Affiliate of the Purchaser, directly or indirectly, enter into any contract,
agreement, understanding or other arrangement with any Person to which any of the New Debt, the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes is Transferred pursuant to which the Purchaser (or an Affiliate of the Purchaser) agrees to exercise any right
provided pursuant to any Operative Agreement and referred to in Section 8.15 below at the direction of or in consultation with, such Person. 
 Section 8.13. Put Right With Respect to Initial Shares 
 In the event that
this Agreement is terminated after the Initial Closing and prior to the Second Closing, from the date of such termination through 5:00 pm Eastern Time on the sixth Business Day after the date of such termination, the Purchaser shall have the right,
in its sole discretion, to put the Initial Shares that it may hold to the Company for $30 million, in exchange for the surrender of the Initial Shares to the Company, by delivering written notice of such election to the Company. Upon receipt of such
notice and surrender of the Initial Shares, the Company will promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) pay to the Purchaser (or its designee) $30 million. 
 Section 8.14. Purchase of Additional Convertible Notes 
 From the Effective
Date until thirty days after the filing by the Company with the SEC of (i) amendments (containing financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are required to be restated due to the Accounting Issue) to all periodic reports of
the Company filed with the SEC that contained incorrect financial statements as a result of the Accounting Issue and (ii) all periodic reports required to be filed on or prior to the date the filings described in clause (i) above are filed
with the SEC pursuant to SEC rules and regulations, the Purchaser agrees not to, and agrees to use reasonable best efforts to procure that its Affiliates do not, acquire any additional Convertible Notes. If the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the
Purchaser acquires Convertible Notes after the end of such thirty day period, the Purchaser shall notify the Company of such acquisitions as promptly as practicable after their execution, and no less frequently than monthly. From January 14,
2013, until the maturity date of the Convertible Notes, the Purchaser agrees not to, and agrees to use reasonable best efforts to procure that its Affiliates do not, acquire any additional Convertible Notes. In the event that arbitration between the
parties is commenced pursuant to Section 10.1(d), the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates purchases Convertible Notes after December 10, 

  
 44 

 
2012 and a Backstop Closing occurs, then to the extent that the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates purchased such Convertible Notes at a price that is less than 90% of their stated principal
amount, the Purchaser (i) shall provide to the Company a true and accurate schedule indicating in reasonable detail the date of purchase and purchase prices paid for such Convertible Notes and (ii) pay, or cause to be paid, to the Company
on the Backstop Escrow Release Date an amount equal to 50% of the aggregate difference between the purchase price of such Convertible Notes in such period and the stated principal amount of such Convertible Notes. 

Section 8.15. Additional Provisions Relating to the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes 

(a) For so long as (i) the New Debt remains outstanding and (ii) the Purchaser and its Affiliates have not directly or
indirectly Transferred more than 66.6% of the Debt Amount of the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes: 

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the New Debt, the Company may not redeem the Notes in whole or in part
prior to the termination of this Agreement prior to the Second Closing Date. 
 (ii) To the extent (A) not
prohibited by the terms of the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and subject to compliance with the terms thereof and (B) required under Section 2.5(a)(v) of the Governance Agreement, the Company shall, following any termination of this
Agreement prior to the Second Closing Date, utilize the net proceeds from the disposals of certain assets to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes in the order specified in the Governance Agreement. 

(iii) To the extent required by Section 2.5(a)(vi) or Section 2.5(b) of the Governance Agreement, the Company
shall, following any termination of this Agreement prior to the Second Closing Date, utilize the net proceeds from certain equity issuances to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes in the order specified in the Governance
Agreement. 
 (iv) Each of the following shall constitute an additional “Event of Default” under the
New Debt and shall entitle the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser, as the case may be, to declare the New Debt held by them to be immediately due and payable and entitle the Purchaser or such Affiliate of the Purchaser to pursue remedies
available to holders of the New Debt after an acceleration thereunder: 
 (1) At the Initial Closing Date, any representation
or warranty given in satisfaction of Section 5.1(a) was false or incorrect in any respect as of the date it was given (provided, that if the waiver set forth in Section 8.20 below is effective, then the Accounting Issue shall be
deemed to qualify all such representations and warranties); 
 (2) An event of default by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes; provided that such Event of Default shall be automatically annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default is remedied or cured, or waived by the holders
of the Rollover Notes or the Backstop Notes, as the case may be, and so long as (I) the Company has paid any overdue 

  
 45 

 
interest on the New Debt, all principal of the New Debt that is due and payable and is unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the
extent permitted by applicable Law) any such overdue interest in respect of the New Debt at the default rate specified therein, (II) all Events of Default and Defaults (as defined therein), other than non-payment of amounts that have become due
solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 5.9.1 of the New Debt and (III) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto; 

(3) Any of the following has occurred: (I) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or Section 7.1(d)
above; or (II) to the extent the provisions specified hereafter are then operative, the Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set forth in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.1(d)
of the Governance Agreement or Section 8.7 of this Agreement, or any Breach (as defined in the Governance Agreement) by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations set forth in Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the
Governance Agreement; and, for the avoidance of doubt, until such time as a Breach (as defined in the Governance Agreement) shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement following
the expiration of the relevant grace periods specified therein, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred, and no holder of the New Debt shall have the right to declare an Acceleration (as defined in the New Debt) or exercise any
other remedies under Section 3.3 of the New Debt with respect to any actual or alleged violation of the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement; 

(4) Repudiation by the Company of any of its obligations under the New Debt or any other Operative Agreement; or if the New Debt, or any
of the following provisions of the Operative Agreements, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable against the Company for any reason: Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c), Section 2.1(d), Section 2.4
or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement, or Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.4, Section 8.5, Section 8.6, Section 8.7, Section 8.8 or Section 8.16 of this Agreement; and

 (5) Any breach by the Company of Section 8.16 of this Agreement. 

(b) For so long as (i) the Rollover Notes remain outstanding and (ii) the Purchaser and its Affiliates have not directly or
indirectly Transferred more than 66.6% of the Debt Amount of the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes: 

(i) To the extent (A) not prohibited by the terms of the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and subject to
compliance with the terms thereof and (B) required under Section 2.5(a)(v) of the Governance Agreement, the Company shall utilize the net proceeds from the disposals of certain assets to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the
Backstop Notes in the order specified in the Governance Agreement. 
 (ii) To the extent required by
Section 2.5(a)(vi) or Section 2.5(b) of the Governance Agreement, the Company shall utilize the net proceeds from certain equity issuances to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes in the order specified in the
Governance Agreement. 

  
 46 

 (iii) Each of the following shall constitute an additional “Event of
Default” under the Rollover Notes and shall entitle the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser, as the case may be, to declare the Rollover Notes held by them to be immediately due and payable and entitle the Purchaser or such Affiliate of
the Purchaser to pursue remedies available to holders of the Rollover Notes after an acceleration thereunder: 
 (1) At the
Initial Closing Date, any representation or warranty given in satisfaction of Section 5.1(a) above was false or incorrect in any respect as of the date it was given (provided, that if the waiver set forth in Section 8.20 below is
effective, then the Accounting Issue shall be deemed to qualify all such representations and warranties); 
 (2) An event of
default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the New Debt or the Backstop Notes; provided that such Event of Default shall be automatically annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default is remedied or
cured, or waived by the holders of the New Debt or the Backstop Notes, as the case may, be and so long as (I) the Company has paid any overdue interest on the Rollover Notes, all principal of the Rollover Notes that is due and payable and is
unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Rollover Notes at the default rate specified therein, (II) all
Events of Default and Defaults (as defined therein), other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 5.9.1 of the Rollover Notes and (III) no
judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto; 
 (3) The Company fails to perform or
observe any covenant or agreement set forth in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.1(d) of the Governance Agreement or Section 8.7 of this Agreement, or any Breach (as defined in the Governance
Agreement) by the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries of its obligations set forth in Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement; and, for the avoidance of doubt, until such time as a Breach (as defined in the Governance
Agreement) shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement following the expiration of the relevant grace periods specified therein, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have
occurred, and no holder of the Rollover Notes shall have the right to declare an Acceleration (as defined in the Rollover Notes) or exercise any other remedies under Section 3.3 of the New Debt with respect to any actual or alleged violation of
the obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries under Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement; 

(4) Repudiation by the Company of any of its obligations under the Rollover Notes or any other Operative Agreement; or if the Rollover
Notes, or any of the following provisions of the Operative Agreements, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable against the Company for any reason: Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c), Section 2.1(d),
Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement, or Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.4, Section 8.5, Section 8.6, Section 8.7, Section 8.8 or Section 8.16 of this
Agreement; and 
 (5) Any breach by the Company of Section 8.16 of this Agreement. 

  
 47 

 (c) For so long as (i) the Backstop Notes remain outstanding and (ii) the
Purchaser and its Affiliates have not directly or indirectly Transferred more than 66.6% of the Debt Amount of the New Debt, Rollover Notes and Backstop Notes: 
 (i) To the extent (A) not prohibited by the terms of the 2016 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and subject to compliance with the terms thereof and (B) required under Section 2.5(a)(v) of the
Governance Agreement, the Company shall utilize the net proceeds from the disposals of certain assets to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes in the order specified in the Governance Agreement. 

(ii) To the extent required by Section 2.5(a)(vi) or Section 2.5(b) of the Governance Agreement, the Company
shall utilize the net proceeds from certain equity issuances to repay the New Debt, the Rollover Notes and the Backstop Notes in the order specified in the Governance Agreement. 

(iii) Each of the following shall constitute an additional “Event of Default” under the Backstop Notes and
shall entitle the Purchaser or an Affiliate of the Purchaser, as the case may be, to declare the Backstop Notes held by them to be immediately due and payable and entitle the Purchaser or such Affiliate of the Purchaser to pursue remedies available
to holders of the Backstop Notes after an acceleration thereunder: 
 (1) An event of default by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to the Rollover Notes or the New Debt; provided that such Event of Default shall be automatically annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default is remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of
the Rollover Notes or the New Debt, as the case may, be and so long as (I) the Company has paid any overdue interest on the Backstop Notes, all principal of the Backstop Notes that is due and payable and is unpaid other than by reason of such
declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Backstop Notes at the default rate specified therein, (II) all Events of Default and Defaults (as
defined therein), other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 5.9.1 of the Backstop Notes and (III) no judgment or decree has been entered
for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto; 
 (2) The Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set
forth in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.1(d) of the Governance Agreement or Section 8.7 of this Agreement, or any Breach (as defined in the Governance Agreement) by the Company and/or any of its
subsidiaries of its obligations set forth in Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement; and, for the avoidance of doubt, until such time as a Breach (as defined in the Governance Agreement) shall be deemed to have occurred
with respect to Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement following the expiration of the relevant grace periods specified therein, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred, and no holder of the Backstop Notes
shall have the right to declare an Acceleration (as defined in the Backstop Notes) or exercise any other remedies under Section 3.3 of the Backstop Notes with respect to any actual or alleged violation of the obligations of the Company and its
subsidiaries under Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement; 

  
 48 

 (3) Repudiation by the Company of any of its obligations under the Backstop Notes or any
other Operative Agreement; or if the Backstop Notes, or any of the following provisions of the Operative Agreements, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable against the Company for any reason: Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b),
Section 2.1(c), Section 2.1(d), Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 of the Governance Agreement, or Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.4, Section 8.5, Section 8.6, Section 8.7,
Section 8.8 or Section 8.16 of this Agreement; and 
 (4) Any breach by the Company of Section 8.16 of this
Agreement. 
 (d) The Purchaser agrees that it will, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Affiliates to,
report any Transfer by Purchaser and its Affiliates of the New Debt, Rollover Notes or Backstop Notes to the Company promptly after such Transfer (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days). 

Section 8.16. Issuance of Additional Shares. 
 As a purchase price adjustment with respect to the Initial Shares and the Exchange Shares, the Company shall issue additional shares of Common Stock to the Purchaser as provided in this Section 8.16.

 (a) At any time on or after the date of this Agreement, at the request of the Purchaser (on one or more occasions) and
without any additional consideration being paid by the Purchaser or its nominee or nominees, the Company will promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after such request is received by the Company) issue to the Purchaser, or its
nominee or nominees, up to 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock (in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for herein); provided, that the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in respect
of this Section 8.16(a) shall not exceed 3,000,000. 
 (b) At any time on or after the date that the Company Stockholder
Approval is obtained, at the request of the Purchaser (on one or more occasions) and without any additional consideration being paid by the Purchaser or its nominee or nominees, the Company will promptly (and in any event within five
(5) Business Days after such request is received by the Company) issue to the Purchaser, or its nominee or nominees, up to 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock (delivered in book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for
herein); provided, that the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in respect of this Section 8.16(b) shall not exceed 5,000,000. 
 (c) At any time on or after the Backstop Escrow Release Date, at the request of the Purchaser (on one or more occasions) and without any additional consideration being paid by the Purchaser or its nominee
or nominees, the Company will promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after such request is received by the Company) issue to the Purchaser, or its nominee or nominees, up to 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock (delivered in
book-entry form and subject to the same transfer restrictions provided for herein); provided, (i) that the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in respect of this Section 8.16(c) shall not exceed
2,000,000 and (ii) that if the Backstop Escrow Release Date has not occurred by March 15, 2013, and the primary reason for such failure of a Backstop Closing to occur by such date was a breach by Purchaser of this Agreement, then the
Company shall be released from its obligations under this Section 8.16(c). 

  
 49 

 Common Stock issued pursuant to this Section 8.16 shall constitute “Shares” under the
Registration Rights Agreement. In the event that an Anti-Competition Approval is not obtained on or prior to the time that shares of Common Stock are to be issued pursuant to this Section 8.16 and issuance of Common Stock contemplated by this
Section 8.16 would result in beneficial ownership by the Purchaser and its Affiliates of a percentage of Common Stock that would exceed the percentage permitted under applicable Law without obtaining such Anti-Competition Approval, then the
amount of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Section 8.16 at such time shall be the maximum amount of Common Stock that then can be issued without causing the Purchaser and its Affiliates to violate such Law and, upon obtaining such
Anti-Competition Approval the Company shall issue the remainder of such shares of Common Stock as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days) after such Anti-Competition Approval is obtained (if at all)

 Section 8.17. Additional Purchases. The Purchaser and its Affiliates shall be permitted to purchase, in the
aggregate, up to such number of shares of Common Stock that, after giving effect to the issuance of all shares Common Stock issuable pursuant to Section 8.11 and Section 8.16 and giving effect to any shares of Common Stock previously
issued pursuant to Section 8.4(f), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Purchaser and its Affiliates would not exceed 42.9% of the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding following such issuance (the
“Share Cap”); provided, that no such purchases will be permitted to the extent such purchases, taking into account the issuances of the Additional Shares and any shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to
Section 8.11(a) or (b), would trigger the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act (to the extent applicable at the time of such purchase). Any such purchases shall be made in compliance with generally applicable
Company policies and applicable Law, including blackout periods for affiliate and insider trading restrictions. 

Section 8.18. Polish Securities Laws. The Company and the Purchaser shall jointly seek, and use their respective commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain, relief from all applicable Governmental Entities from the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act such that the Purchaser and its Affiliates would not be required to make a mandatory tender
offer for all of the shares of Common Stock upon acquiring over 33% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (obtaining such relief, a “Mandatory Tender Termination Event”). Such efforts may (and to the extent reasonable, shall)
include (a) efforts to obtain a determination from the applicable Governmental Entities that the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act do not apply to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (or a waiver of
such mandatory tender offer provision) or, if such determination or waiver cannot be obtained, (b) delisting from the Warsaw Stock Exchange if requested by the Purchaser so long as such delisting does not impose a material cost on the Company
or require a material expenditure by the Company (other than out-of-pocket fees and expenses) and (c) to the extent requested by the Purchaser, agreeing to amend the New Debt or a recapitalization (including exchanging the New Debt for a new
security) to satisfy applicable Governmental Entities that issuance of such New Debt security would not trigger the mandatory tender offer provisions of the Polish Public Offering Act (or would satisfy the requirements of a waiver of such mandatory
tender provisions), to the extent such replacement security contains the same (or less favourable to the Purchaser or its nominee that holds the New Debt) economic terms and rights as the New Debt and is acceptable to the Purchaser. 

  
 50 

 Section 8.19. Amendment to the New Debt. Promptly after execution of this
Agreement, the Company and Purchaser shall take all actions to amend the New Debt so that the maturity date on the New Debt is July 31, 2016. 
 Section 8.20. Waiver of Rights. If (a) the Company files (i) amended periodic reports that report an aggregate restatement of its financial statements for the fiscal years
ending December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 of not more than (y) US$49 million impact on each of revenue and EBITDA for improper accounting for trade rebates, doubtful accounts and other similar issues and (z) a US $10 million
of impairment charges (together with clause (y), the “Accounting Issue”) and (ii) all other periodic reports required to be filed by applicable Law at the time that each of the filings required by clause (i) above have
been filed with the SEC, (b) the Stockholder Meeting occurs prior to December 31, 2012, and (c) at the time that clauses (a) and (b) above are satisfied, the condition set forth in Section 5.3(m) above is satisfied, the
Purchaser hereby: 
 (a) waives all its rights, claims and causes of action, and agrees not to bring any suit, action or
proceeding or seek any judgment, against the Company or its officers and directors under this Agreement or the Original Agreement or any Operative Agreement arising out of the Accounting Issue; 

(b) waives on its behalf, and agrees to procure the waiver by any nominee of Purchaser holding the New Debt of, any event of default
under the New Debt arising out of the Accounting Issue; 
 (c) waives on behalf of itself, and agrees to procure the waiver by
its Affiliates holding outstanding debt securities of the Company of, any event of default under such securities arising out of the Accounting Issue; and 
 (d) waives any failure of a condition to its obligation to proceed with the Second Closing or the Backstop Closing arising out of the Accounting Issue. 

Prior to December 31, 2012, Purchaser agrees that it will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, raise any claim under this Agreement, the
Original Agreement, the New Debt or any other debt securities of the Company that it holds arising out of the Accounting Issue. Upon either (i) a failure of any of the conditions to this waiver or (ii) amounts owed by the Company
under the 2016 Senior Secured Notes or Convertible Notes being accelerated as a result of the Accounting Issue, then, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), this Section 8.20 shall become null and void, ab initio. 

Section 8.21. Evaluation of Potential Synergies. Purchaser and the Company agree to begin discussions as soon as practicable
after execution of this Agreement with respect to the synergies potentially realizable through the joint operation of the Company and the business of Roust, Inc. (an Affiliate of Purchaser). Any such synergies shall be memorialized in a written
agreement and approved by the Russia Standard Relationship Committee of the Company Board (as established pursuant to the Governance Agreement). 
 Section 8.22. Reaffirmations. On the date of this Agreement, (i) Purchaser will deliver to the Company its Reaffirmation and (ii) the Company will deliver to Purchaser the
Reaffirmations of each member of the Company Board. 

  
 51 

 ARTICLE IX 
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 Section 9.1. Public Statements or Releases

 The Company shall, by 8:30 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time on the Business Day following the date hereof, issue a press release
and file a Current Report on Form 8-K, copies of each of which shall be provided reasonably in advance of such filing to the Purchaser for review and comment (and the Company shall in good faith consider any comments made by the Purchaser),
disclosing the transactions contemplated hereby and shall make such other filings and notices in the manner and time required by the SEC. The Company and the Purchaser shall consult with each other in issuing any press releases and/or filing any
Current Reports on Form 8-K or other such SEC filings with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and, until such time as such filings are made, none of the parties to this Agreement shall make, issue, or release any announcement, whether
to the public generally, or to any of its suppliers or customers, with respect to this Agreement or the transactions provided for herein, or, until such time as such filings are made, make any statement or acknowledgment of the existence of, or
reveal the status of, this Agreement or the transactions provided for herein, without the prior consent of the other parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided, that nothing in this Section 9.1 shall prevent
any of the parties hereto from making such public announcements as may be required by applicable Law or NASDAQ Rule or listing standard, but to the extent not inconsistent with such requirements, it shall provide the other parties with an
opportunity to review and comment on any proposed public announcement a reasonable amount of time before it is made and shall consider in good faith any comments made by such reviewing party. 

Section 9.2. Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties 

The representations and warranties in this Agreement shall not survive for any purpose beyond the later to occur of
December 10, 2012 or the 30th day after the Second
Closing, and shall terminate thereon. 
 Section 9.3. Further Assurances 

Each party hereto agrees to cooperate fully with the other parties and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements and
to give such further written assurances, as may be reasonably requested by the other parties to better evidence and reflect the transactions described herein and contemplated hereby, and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this
Agreement. 
 Section 9.4. Rights Cumulative 
 Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of the parties hereto shall be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such parties may have
at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy shall neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or
remedy available to such party. 

  
 52 

 Section 9.5. Rules of Construction 

All pronouns or any variation thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity
of the person, persons, entity or entities may require; when reference is made in this Agreement to an article, section, paragraph, clause, schedule, exhibit or annex, such reference will be to an article, section, paragraph, clause, schedule,
exhibit or annex to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated; whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without
limitation”; and references to disclosure in the SEC Documents in this Agreement shall be deemed not to include disclosures in such SEC Documents contained in the “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements” sections
thereof or any other disclosures in such SEC Documents that are forward-looking in nature. 
 Section 9.6. Notices

 Any notices, reports or other correspondence (hereinafter collectively referred to as “correspondence”)
required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by postage prepaid first class mail, courier or by facsimile or delivered by hand to the party to whom such correspondence is required or permitted to be given
hereunder, and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered
mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below: 

(a) All correspondence to the Company shall be addressed as follows: 

Central European Distribution Corporation 

Bobrowiecka 6 
 00-728 Warsaw 
 Poland 

Attention:            David Bailey 

Facsimile:            +48 22 456 60 01 

with a copy to 
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP 
 40 Bank
St., Canary Wharf 
 London E14 5DS 

UK 
 Attention:            Scott Simpson, Esq. 
 Facsimile:            +44 20 7519 7070 
 (b) All correspondence to the Purchaser shall be addressed as follows: 
 Roust Trading Ltd. 
 25 Belmont Hills Drive 

Warwick WK 06, Bermuda 
 Attention:            Wendell M. Hollis 

  
 53 

 with a copy to 

Ropes & Gray LLP 
 One Metro Center 
 700 12th Street, NW, Suite 900 

Washington, DC 20005-3948 
 USA 

Attention:            James Myers 

Facsimile:            +1 (202) 383-8349 

Ropes & Gray LLP 
 The Prudential Tower 
 800 Boylston Street 

Boston, MA 02199-3600 
 USA 

Attention:            Christopher Comeau 

Facsimile:            +1 (617) 951-7050 

(c) Either party may change the address to which correspondence to it is to be addressed by written notification as provided for herein.

 Section 9.7. Captions 
 The captions and paragraph headings of this Agreement are solely for the convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. 

Section 9.8. Severability 
 Should any part or provision of this Agreement be held unenforceable or in conflict with the applicable Laws of any jurisdiction, the invalid or unenforceable part or provisions shall be replaced with a
provision which accomplishes, to the extent possible, the original business purpose of such part or provision in a valid and enforceable manner, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain binding upon the parties hereto. 

ARTICLE X 

GOVERNING LAW AND OTHER PROVISIONS 
 Section 10.1. Governing Law; Consent to jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial; Injunctive Relief  
 (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal procedural and substantive laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of laws concepts which would
apply the substantive law of some other jurisdiction. 
 (b) Subject to Section 10.1(d) below and except for
Section 10.1(c) below, the parties hereto agree that any dispute between them relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be resolved solely in the manner set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) below:

 (i) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court
located in the State of New York and in the Borough of Manhattan, and all appellate courts relating thereto, for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Agreement. Each party hereto
irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER. 

  
 54 

 (ii) Any dispute or claim arising under this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby may be submitted to arbitration in New York, New York. Such arbitration will take place at and under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association or JAMS in accordance with its rules. The arbitration tribunal will consist
of a single arbitrator agreed to by the parties (or if there is no agreement, as selected by the American Arbitration Association or JAMS (as applicable)); provided, that the parties agree to express a preference for such arbitrator to be a
retired federal district court judge (or, if a retired federal district court judge is unavailable to hear such matter, a retired trial judge with commercial experience). Such arbitrator may not have any preexisting, direct or indirect personal,
social or financial relationship with any party to the dispute. Each party hereto expressly consents to, and waives any future objection to, such forum and arbitration rules. The parties hereto agree to instruct the arbitrator (i) that the
arbitration hearing must be completed within thirty (30) days of the request for arbitration, (ii) that his or her decision must be limited solely to disputes directly under this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and each party hereto agrees that any decision or award of the arbitrator (or part thereof) that purports to address, interpret, apply, enforce or resolve any other agreement, issue or dispute between
the parties will be deemed to be beyond the scope of the arbitrator’s power and authority and will be given no force or effect by either party hereto or any other Person or any court, either directly or by application of collateral estoppel,
res judicata or otherwise; and each party hereto covenants that it will not argue that such decision should be given any such effect and (iii) that he or she must deliver to the parties a written award and explanation of the basis for such
award within seven (7) days after completion of the arbitration hearing. Subject to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the parties hereto agree that (A) the arbitrator’s decision shall be final and binding upon the parties
and (B) that any final arbitral award may be entered as a judgment or order in any court of competent jurisdiction. The costs of such arbitration (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the parties hereto in
connection with such arbitration) will be the responsibility of the party hereto who did not prevail in such arbitration (and the parties hereto shall instruct the arbitrator to make such a determination). 

  
 55 

 Subject to the last sentence of Section 10.1(d) below, the plaintiff in the actions described in
clauses (i) and (ii) above may divide any disputes or issues in question between the two forums in its discretion (to the extent permitted by applicable Law). 
 (c) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that damages will not be an adequate remedy for any material breach or violation of this Agreement if such material breach or violation would cause
immediate and irreparable harm (an “Irreparable Breach”). Accordingly, in the event of a threatened or ongoing Irreparable Breach, each party hereto shall be entitled to equitable relief of a kind appropriate in light of the nature
of the ongoing or threatened Irreparable Breach, without the necessity of posting a bond or providing an undertaking, which relief may include, without limitation, specific performance or injunctive relief. Such remedies shall not be the
parties’ exclusive remedies, but shall be in addition to all other remedies provided in this Agreement. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1(d), any dispute as to whether the Purchaser is obligated to consummate the transactions contemplated by Section 2.5 above (a “Section 2.5 Dispute”) shall be
resolved by mandatory, final and binding arbitration before JAMS, in accordance with the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”) in effect as of July 15, 2009, subject to the provisions of this
Section 10.1(d): 
 (i) Arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1(d) shall be
the sole and exclusive forum for resolution of the Section 2.5 Dispute. 
 (ii) There shall be one neutral
arbitrator. The parties shall jointly nominate a person to serve as the sole arbitrator within thirty (30) days from the date of this Agreement. If, for any reason, such agreed upon arbitrator is unavailable or unwilling to serve as sole
arbitrator, JAMS shall appoint, without resort to the procedures set forth in Rules 12(b)-(f) of the Rules, a retired United States federal judge to be the sole arbitrator, such appointment to be made within seven (7) calendar days of the
filing of the demand for arbitration. It shall be a condition of the arbitrator’s acceptance of his/her appointment as sole arbitrator that he/she shall be available to conduct the arbitration in accordance with the expedited timetable
contemplated by this Section 10.1(d). 
 (iii) The language of the arbitration shall be English. The place
of arbitration shall be New York, New York. 
 (iv) The arbitration shall proceed on the following timetable
unless otherwise agreed by the parties: 
 (1) On or before December 17, 2012 (or to the extent that the
Second Closing has not occurred by December 17, 2012, seven days after the Second Closing Date), the party initiating such arbitration shall file with JAMS and serve on the other party its demand for arbitration, which shall include all
supporting documents and witness statements on which it intends to rely in the arbitration; 
 (2) Four days
thereafter, the party that did not initiate such arbitration shall submit its defense, which shall include all supporting documents and witnesses statements on which it intends to rely in the arbitration; 

  
 56 

 (3) Ten days thereafter, the party initiating such arbitration shall submit
any reply papers; 
 (4) Seven days thereafter, expert reports, if any, shall be exchanged; 

(5) Unless expedited discovery is ordered as appropriate by the arbitrator, there shall be no discovery in connection
with the arbitration. Up until the date of the commencement of the merits hearing, the parties shall be obligated to provide any additional documents on which they intend to rely at the hearing. Documents not exchanged before the merits hearing, or
witnesses and experts that were not previously identified and who have not submitted witness statements, may not be considered by the arbitrator at the hearing, unless agreed upon by the parties or upon a showing of good cause; 

(6) A hearing on the merits shall be held in New York, New York and shall commence no later than 31 days after such
arbitration was initiated. The merits hearing shall be conducted over consecutive calendar days (including weekends) and shall last no more than three calendar days; 

(7) The parties may, subject to the discretion of the arbitrator, each simultaneously submit one post-hearing brief on or
before the date that is 5 days after the hearing on the merits occurred; and 
 (8) The arbitrator shall render
the final award on or prior to the date that is 10 days after the hearing on the merits occurred. 
 (v) The
prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees from the non-prevailing party. 
 (vi) The only issue to be considered and determined in any proceeding brought under this Section 10.1(d) shall be whether the Purchaser is obligated to consummate the transactions contemplated by
Section 2.5 above and the arbitrator shall have no power to determine any other issue. 
 (vii) The parties
agree that the arbitration shall be kept confidential and that the existence of the proceeding and any element of it (including but not limited to any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any documents disclosed by one party
to another, testimony or other oral submission and any awards or decisions) shall not be disclosed beyond the arbitrator, JAMS, the parties, their legal and professional advisors, and any person necessary for the conduct of the arbitration, except
as may be lawfully required in judicial proceedings relating to the arbitration or otherwise required by Law. 

(viii) Any final award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered as a judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction.
The parties agree for the purpose of the enforcement of any arbitral award issued hereunder to submit to the jurisdiction of any court in any jurisdiction in which such party has assets, and for such purpose waive any defense of absence of
jurisdiction in any such court for such purpose. 

  
 57 

 Section 10.2. Amendments 

This Agreement may not be amended or modified except pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Purchaser.

 Section 10.3. Waiver 
 No waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or be construed as, a further or continuing waiver of
any such term, provision or condition or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement. 

Section 10.4. Expenses 
 Each party will bear its own Expenses in connection with this Agreement. 

Section 10.5. Assignment 
 The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the authorized successors and permitted assigns of each party. No party may assign its rights or
obligations under this Agreement or designate another person (i) to perform all or part of its obligations under this Agreement or (ii) to have all or part of its rights and benefits under this Agreement, in each case without the prior
written consent of the other parties; provided that the Purchaser may assign any of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate thereof without the consent of the Company, but such assignment shall not relieve the Purchaser
of any obligation or liability hereunder. Any assignment in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.5 shall be valid only where the assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement by executing and agreeing to an assumption
agreement reasonably acceptable to the other parties. 
 Section 10.6. Counterpart 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall
constitute one instrument. 
 Section 10.7. Entire Agreement 

This Agreement, the other Operative Agreements and certain side letters entered into by the Company and the Purchaser on the date hereof
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, negotiations, understandings, representations and statements relating to the subject matter hereof, whether written
or oral. 
 Section 10.8. Costs of Enforcement 
 In the event that legal proceedings are commenced by any party to this Agreement against any other party to this Agreement in connection with this Agreement or any other Operative Agreement, the
non-prevailing party in such proceedings shall pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in such proceedings. 

  
 58 

 Section 10.9. Mutual Drafting 

This Agreement shall be deemed to be the joint work product of the Company and the Purchaser, and any rule of construction that a
document shall be interpreted or construed against a drafter of such document shall not be applicable. 
 Section 10.10.
Obligations That Do Not Fall on Business Days. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment
obligation under this Agreement, or any of the dates specified in Section 2.5 below, are to occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such obligation or date shall be the next following Business Day. 

Section 10.11. Amendment and Restatement 
 This Agreement amends, supersedes and restates the Original Agreement in all respects. 
 [Signature Page to Follow] 

  
 59 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Securities Purchase Agreement as
of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David Bailey

	Name:	 	David Bailey
	Title:	 	Interim Chief Executive Officer
	
	ROUST TRADING LTD.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Wendell M. Hollis

	Name:	 	Wendell M. Hollis
	Title:	 	Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Dana Bean

	Name:	 	Dana Bean
	Title:	 	Secretary

 [Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement] 

 Exhibit A 

FORM OF ROLLOVER NOTE 

  
 Exhibit A-1

 SCHEDULE 1 
 FORM OF NOTE CERTIFICATE 
 On the front: 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY
STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACCOUNT, (2) AGREES FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS
USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER. 
 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 2(A)(V) OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE FISCAL AGENT RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED BY EITHER OF THEM IN ORDER FOR EACH OF THEM TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE AND OTHER RELEVANT
SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 1 

							
	 Denomination
	 	 ISIN/Common Code
 [—] /[—]
	 	Series	 	Certif. Number

 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

U.S. $102,554,000 Senior Notes due 2016 
 The Note or Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued are in registered form and form part of a duly authorised issue of Notes of Central European Distribution Corporation (the
“Issuer”), designated as specified in the title hereof (the “Notes”). The Notes are subject to the relevant conditions (the “Conditions”) endorsed herein. 

For value received, the Issuer promises to pay [—] of
[—], entered in the Register as the holder of the Notes on July 31, 2016 (or on such earlier date as the principal sum mentioned below may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the
principal sum of: 
 U.S. $[—] 

(or such lesser principal sum as may from time to time be evidenced by this Note Certificate) together with interest on that principal sum and such other
amounts as may be payable, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and to pay interest in arrears on July 1 and January 1 of each year, commencing on July 1, 2013, on the principal amount outstanding of the Notes from the
date of issuance of the Notes or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid, at the following rates: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – June 30, 2013
	  	 	4.00	% 
	 July 1, 2013 – June 30, 2014
	  	 	5.10	% 
	 July 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014
	  	 	6.743	% 
	 January 1, 2015 – June 30, 2015
	  	 	7.00	% 
	 July 1, 2015 – Maturity
	  	 	8.50	% 

 subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, which shall be binding upon the holders hereof (as if references to the
Conditions to the Notes and the Noteholders were references to the Notes and the holders hereof respectively and as if the same had been set out herein in full mutatis mutandis), except as otherwise provided herein. 

Upon any payment of principal or interest on this Note Certificate, the details of such payment shall be entered in the Register and endorsed by or on
behalf of the Issuer on the grid on the reverse of this Note Certificate and, in the case of payments of principal, the principal amount outstanding on this Note Certificate shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed.

 The statements set forth in the legend above are an integral part of the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued and by
acceptance hereof each holder of such Notes agrees to be subject to and bound by the terms and provisions set forth in such legend. 
 This Note
Certificate is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Notes passes only on due registration on the Register and only the duly registered holder is entitled to payments on the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued. 

  
 2 

 THIS NOTE CERTIFICATE AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH IT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 

CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 
 By: 
 Certificate of Authorisation 

This Certificate is authenticated by or on behalf of the Registrar. 
 [—] 
 as Registrar 

By: 
 Authorised Signatory 

For the purposes of authentication only. 

  
 3 

 SCHEDULE 
 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES 
 The following payments of principal and
interest in respect of the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued have been made: 
  

															
	Date made	 	 Amount of
principal due
 and
payable
	 	 Amount of interest
due
 and
payable
	 	 Amount of
principal paid
 or
cancelled
	 	Amount of interest
paid	 	Shortfall in
payment of
principal	 	Shortfall in
payment of
interest	 	 Notation made
 by or on
behalf
 of the Fiscal
Agent

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

  
 4 

 (Reverse of Note Certificate) 
 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
 [as set out in Schedule 3 of the Fiscal
Agency Agreement] 
 FISCAL AGENT AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 

[—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 

REGISTRAR AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 

[—] 
 or such other or further Paying and Transfer Agents or specified offices as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to the Noteholders. 

  
 5 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. (TOGETHER WITH ANY SUCCESSOR SECURITIES CLEARING AGENCY, “EUROCLEAR”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND
ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACCOUNT, (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL,
PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE
40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF
THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER. 
 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY
TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 2(A)(V) OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE FISCAL AGENT RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, 

  
 6 

 
CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED BY EITHER OF THEM IN ORDER FOR EACH OF THEM TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE AND OTHER RELEVANT SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

ISIN Number: [—]     

Common Code: [—]     

CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 
 U.S. $102,554,000 Senior Notes due 2016 
 The Note or Notes in respect of which this Global
Note is issued are in registered form and form part of a duly authorised issue of Notes of Central European Distribution Corporation (the “Issuer”), designated as specified in the title hereof (the “Notes”). The
Notes are subject to the relevant conditions (the “Conditions”) set out in Schedule 3 of the Fiscal Agency Agreement dated [—] 2012. 

For value received, the Issuer promises to pay the holder of the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued on July 31, 2016 the principal
sum of 
 U.S.$[—] 
 or such lesser amount as may from time to time be evidenced by this Global Note (or such part thereof as may become repayable pursuant to the Conditions) on such date(s) as the said principal sum (or part
thereof) may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions and to pay interest in arrears on July 1 and January 1 of each year, commencing on July 1, 2013, on the principal amount outstanding of this Global Note from the date of
issuance of this Global Note or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid, at the following rates: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – June 30, 2013
	  	 	4.00	% 
	 July 1, 2013 – June 30, 2014
	  	 	5.10	% 
	 July 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014
	  	 	6.743	% 
	 January 1, 2015 – June 30, 2015
	  	 	7.00	% 
	 July 1, 2015 – Maturity
	  	 	8.50	% 

 subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, which shall be binding upon the holder hereof (as if references to the
Conditions to the Notes and the Noteholders were references to this Global Note and the holder hereof respectively and as if the same had been set out herein in full mutatis mutandis), except as otherwise provided herein. 

The statements set forth in the legend above are an integral part of the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued and by acceptance hereof
each registered holder of such Notes agrees to be subject to and bound by the terms and provisions set forth in such legend. 
 Interests in
this Global Note will be exchangeable, free of charge to the holder, in whole but not in part, for Note Certificates if: 
  

	(a)	Euroclear (or any Alternative Clearing System on behalf of which the Notes may be held) is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 calendar days (other than
by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so, by the Noteholder giving notice to the Registrar; or 

  
 7 

	(b)	upon election by the holder giving notice to the Registrar. 

 In such event, the Issuer will, free of charge to the Noteholders (but against such indemnity as the Registrar may require in respect of any tax or other duty of whatever nature which may be levied or
imposed in connection with such exchange), cause sufficient Note Certificates to be executed and delivered to the Registrar in sufficient quantities for despatch to individual Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions, clause 3.12 of the Fiscal
Agency Agreement and Schedule 5 thereto. 
 “Exchange Date” means a day falling not later than five business days after that on
which the notice requiring exchange is given and on which banks are open for business in the city in which the specified office of the Registrar or the relevant Paying and Transfer Agent is located. 

Payments. Payments of principal and interest in respect of Notes evidenced by this Global Note will be made to the person who appears in the
Register as at the close of business on the Clearing System Business Day immediately prior to the date for payment as holder of the Notes evidenced by this Global Note against presentation and, if no further payment falls to be made in respect of
the relevant Notes, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Fiscal Agent or such other Paying and Transfer Agent as shall have been notified to the relevant Noteholders for such purpose. A record of each payment so made will be
entered in the Register and endorsed by or on behalf of the Fiscal Agent in the schedule to this Global Note, which endorsement will be prima facie evidence that such payment has been made in respect of the relevant Notes. “Clearing
Systems Business Day” for the purposes of this paragraph means Monday to Friday inclusive except 25 December and 1 January. 

Notices. So long as any Notes are evidenced by this Global Note and this Global Note is held by or on behalf of a clearing system, notices to
Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to that clearing system for communication by it to entitled account holders in substitution for mailing such Notices as provided by Condition 15. 

Cancellation. Cancellation of any Notes required by the Conditions of the Notes to be cancelled will be effected by the Registrar making a
notation of such event in the Register, and by reduction in the principal amount of this Global Note. 
 Transfers. Transfers of
interests in the Notes with respect of which this Global Note is issued shall be made in accordance with the Fiscal Agency Agreement as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended with the written consent of the Noteholders. 

This Global Note is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Notes passes only on due registration on the Register and only the duly registered holder
is entitled to payments on the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued. 
 This Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose
until authenticated by or on behalf of the Registrar. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH IT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

  
 8 

 In witness whereof this Global Note is delivered on
[—] 2012. 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

By: 
 Certificate of Authentication

 This Global Note is duly authenticated without recourse, warranty or liability. 
 [—] 
 As Registrar 

By: 

  
 9 

 SCHEDULE I 
 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES 
 The following payments of principal and
interest in respect of the Notes evidenced by this Global Note have been made: 
  

															
	Date made	 	 Amount of

principal due
 and
payable
	 	 Amount of

interest due
 and
payable
	 	 Amount of

principal paid
 or
cancelled
	 	 Amount of

interest paid
	 	 Shortfall in

payment of

principal
	 	 Shortfall in

payment of

interest
	 	 Notation made
 by
or on behalf
 of the Fiscal

Agent

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

								
	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________
	 	 _____________

  
 10 

 SCHEDULE II 
 CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING 
 The following changes in principal amount
outstanding have been made: 
  

							
	Date made	  	 Change in principal

amount outstanding
 of this Global Note1
	  	 Principal amount

outstanding of this
 Global
Note
 following such

change
	  	 Notation made by or

on behalf of the
 Fiscal Agent
and
 Paying and Transfer

Agent

				
	 	  	U.S.$	  	U.S.$	  	 
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________
				
	 _____________
	  	_____________	  	_____________	  	_____________

  

	1 	 State whether (i) reduction following redemption of Notes; (ii) transfers of the Notes or exchange for Note Certificates; or
(iii) purchase and cancellation of Notes. 

  
 11 

 [At the foot of the Global Note:] 
 FISCAL AGENT AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 
 [—] 

[—] 
 [—] 
 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AND
TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 

[—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 or such other or further Paying and Transfer Agents or specified offices as may from time to
time be appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to the Noteholders. 

  
 12 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
 The following are the terms and conditions in the
form in which they will be endorsed on the Notes: 
 The issue of the Notes was authorised by a resolution of the Board of Directors of
Central European Distribution Corporation (the “Issuer”) passed on April 17, 2012. A fiscal agency agreement dated [•] 2012 (the “Fiscal Agency Agreement”) has been entered into in relation to the Notes
between the Issuer, [•] as fiscal agent and principal paying and transfer agent and [•], as registrar and a paying and transfer agent. The fiscal agent, the paying and transfer agents and the registrar for the time being are referred to
below respectively as the “Fiscal Agent”, the “Paying and Transfer Agents” and the “Registrar”. The expression “Paying and Transfer Agents” shall include the Fiscal Agent. The
Fiscal Agency Agreement includes the form of the Notes. Copies of the Fiscal Agency Agreement are available for inspection during normal business hours at the specified offices of the Paying and Transfer Agents. The holders of Notes (the
“Noteholders”) are deemed to have notice of all the provisions of the Fiscal Agency Agreement applicable to them. 
  

	1.	FORM, DENOMINATION, TITLE AND STATUS 

  

	1.1	Form and denomination 

The Notes are in registered form, serially numbered and in principal amounts of U.S. $150,000 and integral multiples of U.S. $1,000
in excess thereof (each, an “authorised denomination”). 
  

	1.2	Title 

 Title to the Notes
will pass by transfer and registration as described in Condition 2. The holder (as defined below) of any Note will (except as otherwise required by law or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) be treated as its absolute owner for all
purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it or its theft or loss (or that of the related certificate, as appropriate) or anything written on it or on the certificate in respect of it
(other than a duly executed transfer thereof)) and no person will be liable for so treating the holder. For this purpose, “holder” shall mean the person in whose name a Note is registered in the Register (as defined in Condition
2.1), which shall initially be the nominee of Euroclear. 
  

	2.	REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF NOTES 

  

	2.1	Registration 

 The Issuer
will cause a register (the “Register”) to be kept at the specified office of the Registrar outside the United Kingdom (which shall act as an agent of the Issuer for this purpose) on which will be entered the names and addresses of
the holders of the Notes and the particulars of the Notes held by them and of all transfers and redemptions of Notes. 

  
 13 

	2.2	Transfer 

  

	 	(a)	Definitive Notes 

 Notes may,
subject to the terms of the Fiscal Agency Agreement and to Condition 2.3, in each case, as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended with the written consent of the Noteholders, be transferred in whole or in part in an authorised
denomination by lodging the relevant Note (with the form of application for transfer in respect thereof duly executed and duly stamped where applicable) at the specified office of the Registrar or any Paying and Transfer Agent. 

No transfer of a Note will be valid unless and until entered on the Register. A Note may be registered only in the name of, and
transferred only to, a named person (or persons). 
 The Registrar will within five business days (as defined in Condition 4.4),
in the place of the specified office of the Registrar, of any duly made application for the transfer of a Note, deliver a new Note to the transferee (and, in the case of a transfer of part only of a Note, deliver a Note for the untransferred balance
to the transferor) at the specified office of the Registrar or (at the risk and, if mailed at the request of the transferee or, as the case may be, the transferor otherwise than by ordinary mail, at the expense of the transferee or, as the case may
be, the transferor) mail the Note by uninsured mail to such address as the transferee or, as the case may be, the transferor may request. 
  

	 	(b)	Global Notes 

 Transfers of
beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder (as such term is defined in Condition 1.2) of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest
in such Global Note, and in each case ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in book entry. 
  

	2.3	Formalities free of charge 

Any such transfer will be effected without charge subject to (i) the person making such application for transfer paying or procuring
the payment of any taxes, duties and other governmental charges in connection therewith, (ii) the Registrar being reasonably satisfied with the documents of title or identity of the person making the application and (iii) such reasonable
regulations as the Issuer may from time to time agree with the Registrar, to the extent permitted by clause 11.2 of the Fiscal Agency Agreement. 

  
 14 

	3.	INTEREST 

  

	3.1	Interest Rate 

 The Issuer
shall pay interest on the principal amount of the Notes from the date of issuance of the Notes or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes will accrue
as follows: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – June 30, 2013
	  	 	4.00	% 
	 July 1, 2013 – June 30, 2014
	  	 	5.10	% 
	 July 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014
	  	 	6.743	% 
	 January 1, 2015 – June 30, 2015
	  	 	7.00	% 
	 July 1, 2015 – Final Maturity Date
	  	 	8.50	% 

 Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on July 1 and January 1 of each year
(each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on July 1, 2013 and ending on July 31, 2016 (the “Final Maturity Date”). 
  

	3.2	Computation of Interest 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and will include interest accrued to but
excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a business day (as defined in Condition 4.4), interest due on such Interest Payment Date shall be paid on the business day immediately
following such Interest Payment Date and such interest payment shall not include any interest accruing after such Interest Payment Date. 
  

	3.3	Payment Form 

 Interest on
the Notes shall be payable in cash, in accordance with Condition 4. 
  

	3.4	Default Interest 

 Upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in Condition 7), to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be lawful, the Notes shall bear interest at a rate equal to the interest rate then applicable to the
Notes plus 2.00% per annum (the “Default Rate”), calculated in accordance with Condition 3.2. 
  

	4.	PAYMENTS 

  

	4.1	Method of payment 

 Payment of principal and interest in respect of the Notes will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts to the persons shown in the Register at the close of business on the Record Date and subject to the surrender of the Notes at the specified office of any Paying and Transfer Agent. Payments of interest will be made to the persons shown in the
Register at close of business on the relevant Record Date. For this purpose, “Record Date” means the
15th calendar day, in the place of the specified office of
the Registrar, before the due date for the relevant payment. Each such payment will be made by transfer to an accountant maintained by the payee at a banking institution in the United States or to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a
bank outside the United States, in either case as may be specified from time to time in writing by the payee. 

  
 15 

	4.2	Payments subject to fiscal laws 

 All payments are subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws and regulations. No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders in respect of such payments. Amounts withheld
or deducted in good faith in respect of taxes from payments on the Notes shall be treated for the purposes of the Notes as having been paid to and received by the Noteholder in full. Any amounts withheld or deducted in respect of such taxes shall be
properly and timely paid over to the appropriate governmental authority and the Fiscal Agent shall provide the Noteholder with a receipt issued by such governmental authority evidencing such payment or other reasonable written evidence of payment.

  

	4.3	Non-frustration of payments 

  

	 	(a)	The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or
at any time hereafter in force. 

  

	 	(b)	To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Issuer is made to any Noteholder, and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any insolvency proceeding or otherwise, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made. 

  

	4.4	Business days 

 In these
Conditions “business day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, USA, Warsaw, Poland, or Moscow, Russia, are authorized or required
by Law or other governmental action to close. 
  

	4.5	Paying and Transfer Agents 

The initial Registrar and Paying and Transfer Agents and their initial specified offices are listed below. The Issuer reserves the right
at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying and Transfer Agent and the Registrar and appoint additional or other Paying and Transfer Agents, provided that it will maintain (i) a Registrar and a Fiscal Agent, (ii) Paying
and Transfer Agents having specified offices in at least two major European cities and (iii) a Paying and Transfer Agent with a specified office in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to any
law implementing European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000, to the extent such a Paying and Transfer Agent is not already maintained pursuant
to (ii) above. The Issuer shall promptly provide notice to the Noteholders of any such variation, termination or appointment. 

  
 16 

	5.	REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 

  

	5.1	Optional Redemption by the Issuer 

 At the option of the Issuer, the Notes may be redeemed, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of such
redemption, from time to time without penalty, in whole or in part. 
  

	5.2	Notice of Optional Redemption 

 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Condition 5.1, it shall notify the Fiscal Agent and the relevant Noteholders at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, before the redemption date unless
the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Noteholder (as the case may be) consents to a shorter period in its sole discretion. The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

 

	 	(a)	the redemption date and the record date; 

  

	 	(b)	the redemption price, and, if applicable, the appropriate calculation of such redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

  

	 	(c)	if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

  

	 	(d)	that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Fiscal Agent is prohibited from making such payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof)
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

  

	 	(e)	the Common Codes or ISIN number, as applicable, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and 

 

	 	(f)	the Condition pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed. 

 At the Issuer’s request, the Fiscal Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Fiscal Agent with
the information required and within the time periods specified by this Condition 5.2. 
  

	5.3	Effect of Notice of Redemption 

 Once notice of redemption is delivered, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. 

 

	5.4	Deposit of Redemption Price 

 No later than 11:00 am (London time) on the business day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Fiscal Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that 

  
 17 

 
have been delivered by the Issuer to the Fiscal Agent for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long
as the Issuer has deposited with the Fiscal Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued unpaid interest premium, if any, on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Fiscal Agent is prohibited from making such payment under these
Conditions. 
  

	5.5	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Repurchased 

 If less than all of any series of Notes is to be redeemed at any time, the Fiscal Agent or the Registrar will select Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, and in compliance with the requirements of Euroclear, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through Euroclear, or Euroclear
prescribes no method of selection, on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection; provided, however, that no Note of $150,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 

 

	5.6	Notes Redeemed in Part 

Subject to the terms hereof, upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute for the Noteholder (at the
Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	5.7	Redemption 

 Unless
previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed at their principal amount on the Final Maturity Date, together (if applicable) with interest accrued and unpaid to but excluding the Final Maturity Date. 

 

	5.8	Mandatory Prepayments 

The Issuer shall prepay the Notes in full, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together with
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. 
  

	5.9	Payment at Maturity 

 On
the Final Maturity Date or any accelerated maturity of the Notes, the Issuer will pay the entire principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. 

 

	5.10	Application of Payments 

All payments made by the Issuer under the Notes shall be applied first, to the payment in full of accrued and unpaid interest, and second,
to the reduction of principal. 
  

	5.11	Purchase 

 The Issuer or
any subsidiary may at any time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise at any price. Any Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates, shall not be deemed to be
outstanding for the purposes of Conditions 7, 8, 9 or 13. 

  
 18 

	5.12	Cancellation 

 All Notes
purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates may be cancelled or held and resold, provided that any Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their
respective Affiliates, shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of Conditions 7, 8, 9 or 13. Any Notes so purchased and cancelled may not be re-issued or resold. 

 

	6.	STAMP TAXES 

 The Issuer
shall pay or cause to be paid any present or future stamp, court, documentary or any similar taxes or levies which arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of the Notes (other than a transfer or assignment of the
Notes), or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	7.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each
of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”. 
  

	7.1	Non-payment 

 The Issuer
shall fail to make any payment in respect of (a) interest on the Notes as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and such Default (as defined below) is not remedied within 30 days after the same becomes
due, or (b) principal of the Notes as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  

	7.2	Breach of Covenant 

 The
Issuer fails to comply with any covenant or agreement under the Notes and such failure continues for 30 calendar days after the receipt by the Issuer of written notice thereof from holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
  

	7.3	Insolvency 

 The Issuer or
any of its “significant subsidiaries,” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (each, a “Significant Subsidiary”), shall commence a voluntary case or other
proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a
trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking
possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due.

  
 19 

	7.4	Proceedings 

 There shall
have been the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of (a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors or (b) a decree or order adjudging the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in
respect of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary
or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the wind up or liquidation of affairs of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, and any such decree or order for relief shall continue to be in effect, or any such other decree or order shall
be unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 consecutive days. 
  

	7.5	Cross default 

 An event
of default by the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer with respect to: 
  

	 	(a)	the Convertible Notes or the Senior Secured Notes; provided that such Event of Default shall be automatically annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of
Default is remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Convertible Notes or the Senior Secured Notes, as the case may be, and so long as (i) the Issuer has paid any overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of the Notes that is due
and payable and is unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Notes at the Default Rate, (ii) all
Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived and (iii) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due
pursuant hereto; or 

  

	 	(b)	any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of
the Issuer and/or any subsidiary of the Issuer, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created either (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable, or (ii) constituting a failure to pay
the principal or interest of any such debt when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise (and, in the case of this clause (ii), if such Default is not cured or waived within 30 calendar days),
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates U.S.$30 million or more. 

  
 20 

	7.6	Enforcement Proceedings 

Final judgment or judgments in the aggregate for the payment of U.S.$30 million or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance)
rendered against the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (a) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (b) the
date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished. 
  

	8.	ACCELERATION 

  

	8.1	Acceleration Event 

 If an
Event of Default with respect to the Issuer described in Condition 7.3 or 7.4 has occurred, the Notes (including unpaid principal, interest and other amounts owing under the Notes) shall automatically become immediately due and payable (an
“Acceleration”). 
  

	8.2	Notice of Acceleration 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default other than an Event of Default described in Condition 7.3 or 7.4,
the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare an Acceleration with respect to the Notes. 

 

	9.	REMEDIES 

  

	9.1	Notes payable forthwith 

Upon the Notes becoming due and payable under Condition 8, whether automatically or by declaration, the Notes will forthwith mature and
the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.

  

	9.2	Noteholders’ right to action 

 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether the Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Condition 8, any Noteholder may
proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such Noteholder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise 

 

	9.3	Notice of recission 

 At
any time after the Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Condition 8.2, the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer, may rescind and
annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Issuer has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of the Notes that is due and payable and is unpaid 

  
 21 

 
other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Notes at the
Default Rate, (b) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived and (c) no judgment or decree has been entered for the
payment of any monies due pursuant hereto. No rescission and annulment under this Condition 9.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right arising therefrom. 

 

	9.4	Unconditional Right of Noteholders to receive Principal and Interest 

 Notwithstanding any other provision herein, each Noteholder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes on the Final
Maturity Date and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment. 
  

	10.	OTHER PROVISIONS UPON A DEFAULT 

  

	10.1	Statement by Officers as to Default 

 The Issuer shall deliver to the Noteholders, within 14 calendar days of becoming aware of any Default or any Event of Default under the Notes, a certificate, signed by (a) the Chief Executive
Officer, the President or any Vice President and (b) the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (and one of the officers signing such certificate shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer
of the Issuer), specifying with particularity such Default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. By acceptance of the Notes, each Noteholder agrees to keep, and
to procure that its Affiliates and representatives keep, confidential any and all confidential information about the Issuer received or obtained in such certificate (including, without limitation, proprietary information, trade secrets,
competitively sensitive information, acquisition, divestiture and other strategic information, in each case to the extent such information is not publicly known or available other than as a result of disclosure in breach of such Noteholder’s
confidentiality obligations set forth herein or otherwise owing to the Issuer); provided, that the foregoing restriction will not prohibit such Noteholder from using such information to assist such Noteholder in determining whether to exercise any
of its rights set forth in this clause 10.1 or in determining to take any other action with respect to its ownership of the Notes. 
  

	10.2	Expenses 

 After the
occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will pay (a) the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a single special counsel and, if reasonably required, local counsel, but not more than a single counsel
in any relevant jurisdiction) incurred by the Noteholder in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under the Notes, and (b) the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees of a single special counsel and, if reasonably required, local counsel, but not more than a single counsel in any relevant jurisdiction and reasonable financial advisors’ fees) incurred by the Noteholder in connection with the insolvency
or bankruptcy of the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the Issuer. The obligations of the Issuer under this clause 10.2 will survive the payment or transfer of the Notes, and the
enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of the Notes. 

  
 22 

	11.	DEFINITIONS 

 For purposes
of the Notes, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: 
 “Affiliate” of a person means
any corporation or other business entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person. 
 “Change
of Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the date hereof, provided that a transaction that results in beneficial ownership by Russian Standard Corporation (or any successor
entity) and its Affiliates of more than 50% of the Voting Securities of the Issuer will not constitute a “Change of Control” under the Notes. 
 “Control” (including the correlative terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Convertible Notes” means the 3.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 issued by the Issuer. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default. 
 “Original Holder” means Russian Standard Bank. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Senior Secured Notes”
means the 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and the 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued by CEDC Finance Corporation International, Inc. 
 “Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes, as in effect from time to time. 

“Voting Securities” means any and all shares of capital stock of the Issuer and securities issued in respect thereof that
are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Issuer. 
  

	12.	REPLACEMENT OF NOTES 

 If
any Note is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed it may be replaced at the specified office of the Fiscal Agent, subject to all applicable laws and other relevant authority requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred
in connection with such replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes must be surrendered before replacements will be issued. 

  
 23 

	13.	AMENDMENT 

  

	13.1	The Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of
the Issuer as set forth and any holder or holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding, except that no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at
the time outstanding affected thereby, (a) subject to the provisions of Conditions 8 or 9 relating to acceleration and rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of
payment or method of computation of interest on, the Notes, (b) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, (c) amend any of Condition 7.1,
Condition 8 or Condition 9, or this Condition 13, or (d) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein. 

  

	13.2	The Issuer will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Condition 13 to each
Noteholder promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Noteholders. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the
benefit of any Noteholder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Noteholders that consent, waive or agree to amend
in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement, other than any Noteholder who waives the right to receive all or any part of such consideration. 

 

	13.3	Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Condition 13 applies equally to all Noteholders affected thereby and is binding upon them and upon each future
Noteholder and upon the Issuer without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not
expressly amended or waived or impair any right arising therefrom. 

  

	13.4	Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented
to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be outstanding. 

  

	13.5	No Implied Noteholder Waiver; Remedies Cumulative 

 No failure or delay on the part of the Noteholder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a

  
 24 

 
waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right,
power or privilege. All rights and remedies existing hereunder are cumulative to and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. 
  

	13.6	Issuer Waivers 

 The
Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law that would
prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force. 

 

	14.	FURTHER ISSUES 

 The
Issuer may from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders create and issue further securities either having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest on them)
and so that such further issue shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding securities of any series (including the Notes) or upon such terms as the Issuer may determine at the time of their issue. References in these
Conditions to the Notes include (unless the context requires otherwise) any other securities issued pursuant to this Condition and forming a single series with the Notes. 

 

	15.	NOTICES 

 All notices to
Noteholders shall be mailed by registered mail or by private courier to them at their respective addresses appearing in the Register and shall be deemed to have been given on the fourth day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) after the date of mailing.

  

	16.	GOVERNING LAW 

  

	16.1	Governing Law 

 THE FISCAL
AGENCY AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THEM SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND
PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	16.2	Jurisdiction 

 EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COMPETENT COURTS OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 

  
 25 

	16.3	Waiver of Jury Trial; No Set-Off 

 TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, THE ISSUER (BY ITS EXECUTION HEREOF) AND EACH NOTEHOLDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT
ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON OR RELATING TO THE NOTES, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. ALL PAYMENTS HEREUNDER
SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ANY DEDUCTIONS WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING DEDUCTION FOR SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM, OR RECOUPMENT. 
  

	17.	ASSIGNABILITY 

 The Notes
shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Issuer and the Noteholders and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that (a) the obligations of the Issuer hereunder may not be transferred or assigned except with the prior
written consent of the Noteholders and (b) the Noteholders may not transfer or assign the Notes except in compliance with federal and state, and applicable foreign securities laws. 

 

	18.	TAX FORMS 

 Each
Noteholder agrees to provide the Fiscal Agent with a correct, properly completed and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form (a) upon the original issuance of the Notes (in the case a Noteholder acquiring Notes upon such an issuance),
(b) promptly upon becoming a Noteholder (in the case of a Noteholder not covered by preceding clause (a)), (c) promptly upon any reasonable demand by the Fiscal Agent, and (d) promptly upon learning that any form or other document
previously provided by such Noteholder has become obsolete or incorrect. 

  
 26 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
(the “Issuer”) 
 U.S.$102,554,000 Senior Notes due 2016 

(the “Notes”) 

Reference is hereby made to the Fiscal Agency Agreement (the “Agency Agreement”) dated [•] 2012 between the Issuer and the other parties
named therein. Capitalised terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agency Agreement. 
 This letter
relates to U.S.$[•] principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in the Notes evidenced by the Global Note (ISIN No. [•]) with Euroclear in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The
Transferor has requested a transfer or exchange of such Notes for individual definitive Note certificates registered in the name of [insert name of transferee]. 
 In connection with any such transfer of any of the Notes occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which
such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in such Notes: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	 (1)
	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	 (2)
	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Noteholder, without transfer; or
			
	 (3)
	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	 (4)
	  	 ̈	  	to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”)) that purchases for its own account
or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
			
	 (5)
	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 903 under the Securities Act and such
Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear until the expiration of the 40-day restricted period (as described in Regulation S); or

  
 27 

					
	 (6)
	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act and such
Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear until the expiration of the 40-day restricted period (as described in Regulation S); or
			
	 (7)
	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (7) is checked, the Registrar may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Registrar or the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 

[Name of Transferor] 
 By: 

Authorised Signature 
 [Date] 

  
 28 

 SCHEDULE 5 
 REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE TRANSFER 
 AND REGISTRATION OF THE NOTES

  

	1.	Each Note shall be in the minimum denomination of U.S. $150,000 and integral multiples of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof. Note Certificates, each evidencing entitlement
to one or more Notes, shall be issued in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Notes (the “Conditions”). 

  

	2.	The Notes are transferable by execution of the form of transfer on each Note Certificate endorsed under the hand of the transferor or, where the transferor is a
corporation, under its common seal or under the hand of its duly authorised officer or officers. In this Schedule “transferor” shall where the context permits or requires include joint transferors and be construed accordingly.

  

	3.	The Note Certificate issued in respect of the Notes to be transferred must be delivered for registration to the office of a Paying and Transfer Agent accompanied by
such other evidence (including, in connection with transfers made pursuant to certain securities law exemptions identified in the restrictive legend on the Notes, certificates and legal opinions) as such Paying and Transfer Agent may reasonably
require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the relevant Notes and his identity and, if the form of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf or in the case of the execution of a form of transfer on behalf of
a corporation by its officers, the authority of that person or those persons to do so. The signature of the person effecting a transfer of a Note shall conform to any list of duly authorised specimen signatures supplied by the registered holder or
be certified by a recognised bank, notary public or in such other manner as the Agent may require. 

  

	4.	The executors or administrators of a deceased holder of the Notes (not being one of several joint holders) and in the case of the death of one or more of joint holders
the survivor or survivors of such joint holders shall be the only persons recognised by the Issuer as having any title to such Notes. 

  

	5.	Any person becoming entitled to the Notes in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder of such Notes may, upon producing such evidence that he holds the
position in respect of which he proposes to act under this paragraph or of his title as the Paying and Transfer Agent shall require (including certificates and legal opinions), be registered himself as the holder of such Notes or, subject to the
preceding paragraphs as to transfer, may transfer such Notes. The Issuer and the Agents may retain any amount payable upon the Notes to which any person is so entitled until such person shall be so registered or shall duly transfer the Notes.

  

	6.	Unless otherwise requested by him and agreed by the Issuer, a holder of the Notes shall be entitled to receive only one Note Certificate in respect of his holding.

  

	7.	The joint holders of a Note shall be entitled to one Note Certificate only in respect of their joint holding which shall, except where they otherwise direct, be
delivered to the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register in respect of the joint holding. 

  
 29 

	8.	The Issuer and the Paying and Transfer Agents shall make no charge to the holders for the registration of any holding of the Notes or any transfer of the Notes or for
the issue of any Note Certificates or for the delivery of Note Certificates at the specified office of the Agent to whom the request for registration, transfer or delivery was delivered or by uninsured post to the address specified by the holder. If
any holder entitled to receive a Note Certificate wishes to have it delivered to him otherwise than at the specified office of such Agent, such delivery shall be made upon his written request to such Agent, at his risk and (except where sent by
uninsured post to the address specified by the holder) at his expense. 

  

	9.	Each Paying and Transfer Agent will within three business days (as defined in Condition 4.4) of receipt of a request to effect a transfer of a Note (or within 5
business days if the transfer is of a Note evidenced by the Global Note) deliver at its specified office to the transferee or despatch by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a new Note Certificate in
respect of the Notes transferred. In the case of a transfer of fewer than all the Notes in respect of which a Note Certificate is issued, a new Note Certificate in respect of the Notes not transferred will be so delivered to the holder to its
address appearing on the Register. 

  

	10.	Unless there is delivered to a Paying and Transfer Agent such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of legal counsel, as may be reasonably required by the
Issuer, that neither the Securities Act legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, in accordance with applicable laws, all Notes or Note Certificates, as the
case may be, issued in replacement for or on exchange or transfer of the Notes or Note Certificates, as the case may be, bearing the Securities Act legend, will bear such legend. 

 

	11.	Unless and until otherwise determined by the Issuer, in accordance with applicable law, all Notes or Note Certificates, issued in substitution for or on exchange or
transfer of the Notes or Note Certificates, as the case may be, that do not bear the Securities Act legend will not bear such legend. 

  

	12.	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Notes only upon presentation of an executed and duly completed
form of transfer substantially in the form set forth in Schedule IV of the form of the Global Note set out in Schedule 2 to the Fiscal Agency Agreement together with any other documents thereby required. Nothing herein shall require the Registrar to
register any transfer during a closed period. 

  

	13.	The Registrar and the Paying and Transfer Agents may promulgate any other regulations that they may deem necessary for the registration and transfer of the Notes.

  
 30 

 Exhibit B 

FORM OF BACKSTOP NOTE 

  
 Exhibit B-1

 SCHEDULE 1 
 FORM OF NOTE CERTIFICATE 
 On the front: 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY
STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACCOUNT, (2) AGREES FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS
USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER. 
 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 2(A)(V) OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE FISCAL AGENT RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED BY EITHER OF THEM IN ORDER FOR EACH OF THEM TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE AND OTHER RELEVANT
SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 1 

							
	 Denomination
	  	 ISIN/Common Code
 [—] /[—]
	  	Series	  	Certif. Number

 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

[Up to U.S.$107,500,000] Senior Notes due 2016 
 The Note or Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued are in registered form and form part of a duly authorised issue of Notes of Central European Distribution Corporation (the
“Issuer”), designated as specified in the title hereof (the “Notes”). The Notes are subject to the relevant conditions (the “Conditions”) endorsed herein. 

For value received, the Issuer promises to pay [—] of
[—], entered in the Register as the holder of the Notes on July 31, 2016 (or on such earlier date as the principal sum mentioned below may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions) the
principal sum of: 
 U.S.$[—] 

(or such lesser principal sum as may from time to time be evidenced by this Note Certificate) together with interest on that principal sum and such other
amounts as may be payable, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and to pay interest in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2014, on the principal amount outstanding of the Notes from
the date of issuance of the Notes (provided that if the proceeds of the Notes are deposited into an escrow account, interest shall accrue from the date on which such proceeds are released from such escrow account) or from the most recent date on
which interest has been paid, at the following rates: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – February 28, 2014
	  	 	3.25	% 
	 March 1, 2014 – August 31, 2014
	  	 	6.341	% 
	 September 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015
	  	 	6.50	% 
	 March 1, 2015 – February 29, 2016
	  	 	7.50	% 
	 March 1, 2016 – Maturity
	  	 	8.00	% 

 subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, which shall be binding upon the holder hereof (as if references to the
Conditions to the Notes and the Noteholders were references to the Notes and the holders hereof respectively and as if the same had been set out herein in full mutatis mutandis), except as otherwise provided herein. 

Upon any payment of principal or interest on this Note Certificate, the details of such payment shall be entered in the Register and endorsed by or on
behalf of the Issuer on the grid on the reverse of this Note Certificate and, in the case of payments of principal, the principal amount outstanding on this Note Certificate shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed.

 The statements set forth in the legend above are an integral part of the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued and by
acceptance hereof each holder of such Notes agrees to be subject to and bound by the terms and provisions set forth in such legend. 

  
 2 

 This Note Certificate is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Notes passes only on due registration on
the Register and only the duly registered holder is entitled to payments on the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued. 

THIS NOTE CERTIFICATE AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH IT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 
 By: 

Certificate of Authorisation 
 This
Certificate is authenticated by or on behalf of the Registrar. 
 [—] 

as Registrar 
 By: 

Authorised Signatory 
 For the purposes of
authentication only. 

  
 3 

 SCHEDULE 
 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES 
 The following payments of principal and
interest in respect of the Notes in respect of which this Note Certificate is issued have been made: 
  

			10,000,000		10,000,000		10,000,000		10,000,000		10,000,000		10,000,000		10,000,000
	Date made	 	Amount of
principal due and
payable	 	Amount of
interest due and
payable	 	Amount of
principal paid
or cancelled	 	Amount of
interest paid	 	Shortfall in
payment of
principal	 	Shortfall in
payment of
interest	 	Notation made
by or on behalf
of the Fiscal
Agent
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

  
 4 

 (Reverse of Note Certificate) 
 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
 [as set out in Schedule 3 of the Fiscal
Agency Agreement] 
 FISCAL AGENT AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 

[—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 

REGISTRAR AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 

[—] 
 or such other or further Paying and Transfer Agents or specified offices as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to the Noteholders. 

  
 5 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. (TOGETHER WITH ANY SUCCESSOR SECURITIES CLEARING AGENCY, “EUROCLEAR”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND
ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACCOUNT, (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL,
PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE
40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF
THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER. 
 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY
TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 2(A)(V) OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE FISCAL AGENT 

  
 6 

 
RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED BY EITHER OF THEM IN ORDER FOR EACH OF THEM TO DETERMINE THAT THE
PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE AND OTHER RELEVANT SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT. 
 ISIN Number: [—] 

Common Code: [—] 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 
 [Up to U.S.$107,500,000]
Senior Notes due 2016 
 The Note or Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued are in registered form and form part of a duly
authorised issue of Notes of Central European Distribution Corporation (the “Issuer”), designated as specified in the title hereof (the “Notes”). The Notes are subject to the relevant conditions (the
“Conditions”) set out in Schedule 3 of the Fiscal Agency Agreement dated [—] 2012. 
 For value received, the Issuer promises to pay the holder of the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued on July 31, 2016 the principal sum of 

U.S.$[—] 
 or such lesser amount as may from time to time be evidenced by this Global Note (or such part thereof as may become repayable pursuant to the Conditions) on such date(s) as the said principal sum (or part
thereof) may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions and to pay interest in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2014, on the principal amount outstanding of the Notes from the date of
issuance of this Global Note (provided that if the proceeds of this Global Note are deposited into an escrow account, interest shall accrue from the date on which such proceeds are released from such escrow account) or from the most recent date on
which interest has been paid, at the following rates: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – February 28, 2014
	  	 	3.25	% 
	 March 1, 2014 – August 31, 2014
	  	 	6.341	% 
	 September 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015
	  	 	6.50	% 
	 March 1, 2015 – February 29, 2016
	  	 	7.50	% 
	 March 1, 2016 – Maturity
	  	 	8.00	% 

 subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, which shall be binding upon the holder hereof (as if references to the
Conditions to the Notes and the Noteholders were references to this Global Note and the holder hereof respectively and as if the same had been set out herein in full mutatis mutandis), except as otherwise provided herein. 

The statements set forth in the legend above are an integral part of the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued and by acceptance hereof
each registered holder of such Notes agrees to be subject to and bound by the terms and provisions set forth in such legend. 

  
 7 

 Interests in this Global Note will be exchangeable, free of charge to the holder, in whole but not in part,
for Note Certificates if: 
  

	(a)	Euroclear (or any Alternative Clearing System on behalf of which the Notes may be held) is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 calendar days (other than
by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so, by the Noteholder giving notice to the Registrar; or 

 

	(b)	upon election by the holder giving notice to the Registrar. 

 In such event, the Issuer will, free of charge to the Noteholders (but against such indemnity as the Registrar may require in respect of any tax or other duty of whatever nature which may be levied or
imposed in connection with such exchange), cause sufficient Note Certificates to be executed and delivered to the Registrar in sufficient quantities for despatch to individual Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions, clause 3.12 of the Fiscal
Agency Agreement and Schedule 5 thereto. 
 “Exchange Date” means a day falling not later than five business days after that on
which the notice requiring exchange is given and on which banks are open for business in the city in which the specified office of the Registrar or the relevant Paying and Transfer Agent is located. 

Payments. Payments of principal and interest in respect of Notes evidenced by this Global Note will be made to the person who appears in the
Register as at the close of business on the Clearing System Business Day immediately prior to the date for payment as holder of the Notes evidenced by this Global Note against presentation and, if no further payment falls to be made in respect of
the relevant Notes, surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Fiscal Agent or such other Paying and Transfer Agent as shall have been notified to the relevant Noteholders for such purpose. A record of each payment so made will be
entered in the Register and endorsed by or on behalf of the Fiscal Agent in the schedule to this Global Note, which endorsement will be prima facie evidence that such payment has been made in respect of the relevant Notes. “Clearing
Systems Business Day” for the purposes of this paragraph means Monday to Friday inclusive except 25 December and 1 January. 

Notices. So long as any Notes are evidenced by this Global Note and this Global Note is held by or on behalf of a clearing system, notices to
Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to that clearing system for communication by it to entitled account holders in substitution for mailing such Notices as provided by Condition 15. 

Cancellation. Cancellation of any Notes required by the Conditions of the Notes to be cancelled will be effected by the Registrar making a
notation of such event in the Register, and by reduction in the principal amount of this Global Note. 
 Transfers. Transfers of
interests in the Notes with respect of which this Global Note is issued shall be made in accordance with the Fiscal Agency Agreement as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended with the written consent of the Noteholders. 

This Global Note is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Notes passes only on due registration on the Register and only the duly registered holder
is entitled to payments on the Notes in respect of which this Global Note is issued. 
 This Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose
until authenticated by or on behalf of the Registrar. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH IT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND 

  
 8 

 
ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 In witness whereof this Global Note is delivered on [—] 2012. 

CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

By: 
 Certificate of Authentication

 This Global Note is duly authenticated without recourse, warranty or liability. 
 [—] 
 As Registrar 

By: 

  
 9 

 SCHEDULE I 
 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES 
 The following payments of principal and
interest in respect of the Notes evidenced by this Global Note have been made: 
  

															
	Date made	 	Amount of
principal due
and payable	 	Amount of
interest due
and payable	 	Amount of
principal paid
or cancelled	 	Amount of
interest paid	 	Shortfall in
payment of
principal	 	Shortfall in
payment of
interest	 	Notation made
by or on behalf
of the Fiscal
Agent
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

  
 10 

 SCHEDULE II 
 CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING 
 The following changes in principal amount
outstanding have been made: 
  

							
	 Date made
	  	Change in principal amount outstanding
of this Global Note1	  	Principal amount outstanding of this
Global Note
following such
change	  	Notation made by or on behalf of the
Fiscal Agent and
Paying and Transfer
Agent
				
		  	U.S.$	  	U.S.$	  	
				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

				
		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

	1 	 State whether (i) reduction following redemption of Notes; (ii) transfers of the Notes or exchange for Note Certificates; or
(iii) purchase and cancellation of Notes. 

  
 11 

 [At the foot of the Global Note:] 
 FISCAL AGENT AND PAYING AND TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 
 [—] 

[—] 
 [—] 
 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AND
TRANSFER AGENT 
 [—] 

[—] 
 [—] 
 [—] 
 or such other or further Paying and Transfer Agents or specified offices as may from time to
time be appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to the Noteholders. 

  
 12 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
 The following are the terms and conditions in the
form in which they will be endorsed on the Notes: 
 The issue of the Notes was authorised by a resolution of the Board of Directors of
Central European Distribution Corporation (the “Issuer”) passed on April 17, 2012. A fiscal agency agreement dated [—] 2012 (the “Fiscal Agency Agreement”) has
been entered into in relation to the Notes between the Issuer, [—] as fiscal agent and principal paying and transfer agent and [•], as registrar and a paying and transfer agent. The fiscal
agent, the paying and transfer agents and the registrar for the time being are referred to below respectively as the “Fiscal Agent”, the “Paying and Transfer Agents” and the “Registrar”. The
expression “Paying and Transfer Agents” shall include the Fiscal Agent. The Fiscal Agency Agreement includes the form of the Notes. Copies of the Fiscal Agency Agreement are available for inspection during normal business hours at
the specified offices of the Paying and Transfer Agents. The holders of Notes (the “Noteholders”) are deemed to have notice of all the provisions of the Fiscal Agency Agreement applicable to them. 

 

	1.	FORM, DENOMINATION, TITLE AND STATUS 

  

	1.1	Form and denomination 

 The Notes are in
registered form, serially numbered and in principal amounts of U.S.$150,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof (each, an “authorised denomination”). 

 

	1.2	Title 

 Title to the Notes will pass by
transfer and registration as described in Condition 2. The holder (as defined below) of any Note will (except as otherwise required by law or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether
or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it or its theft or loss (or that of the related certificate, as appropriate) or anything written on it or on the certificate in respect of it (other than a duly
executed transfer thereof)) and no person will be liable for so treating the holder. For this purpose, “holder” shall mean the person in whose name a Note is registered in the Register (as defined in Condition 2.1), which shall
initially be the nominee of Euroclear. 
  

	2.	REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF NOTES 

  

	2.1	Registration 

 The Issuer will cause a
register (the “Register”) to be kept at the specified office of the Registrar outside the United Kingdom (which shall act as an agent of the Issuer for this purpose) on which will be entered the names and addresses of the holders of
the Notes and the particulars of the Notes held by them and of all transfers and redemptions of Notes. 

  
 13 

	2.2	Transfer 

  

	 	(a)	Definitive Notes 

 Notes may,
subject to the terms of the Fiscal Agency Agreement and to Condition 2.3, in each case, as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended with the written consent of the Noteholders, be transferred in whole or in part in an authorised
denomination by lodging the relevant Note (with the form of application for transfer in respect thereof duly executed and duly stamped where applicable) at the specified office of the Registrar or any Paying and Transfer Agent. 

No transfer of a Note will be valid unless and until entered on the Register. A Note may be registered only in the name of, and
transferred only to, a named person (or persons). 
 The Registrar will within five business days (as defined in Condition 4.4),
in the place of the specified office of the Registrar, of any duly made application for the transfer of a Note, deliver a new Note to the transferee (and, in the case of a transfer of part only of a Note, deliver a Note for the untransferred balance
to the transferor) at the specified office of the Registrar or (at the risk and, if mailed at the request of the transferee or, as the case may be, the transferor otherwise than by ordinary mail, at the expense of the transferee or, as the case may
be, the transferor) mail the Note by uninsured mail to such address as the transferee or, as the case may be, the transferor may request. 
  

	 	(b)	Global Notes 

 Transfers of
beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder (as such term is defined in Condition 1.2) of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest
in such Global Note, and in each case ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in book entry. 
  

	2.3	Formalities free of charge 

 Any such
transfer will be effected without charge subject to (i) the person making such application for transfer paying or procuring the payment of any taxes, duties and other governmental charges in connection therewith, (ii) the Registrar being
reasonably satisfied with the documents of title or identity of the person making the application and (iii) such reasonable regulations as the Issuer may from time to time agree with the Registrar, to the extent permitted by clause 11.2 of the
Fiscal Agency Agreement. 
  

	3.	INTEREST 

  

	3.1	Interest Rate 

 The Issuer shall pay
interest on the principal amount of the Notes from the date of issuance of the Notes; provided that if the proceeds of the Notes are deposited in an escrow account, interest shall accrue from the date on which such proceeds are released from such
escrow 

  
 14 

 
account or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes will accrue as follows: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Amount	 
	 Issuance – February 28, 2014
	  	 	3.25	% 
	 March 1, 2014 – August 31, 2014
	  	 	6.341	% 
	 September 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015
	  	 	6.50	% 
	 March 1, 2015 – February 29, 2016
	  	 	7.50	% 
	 March 1, 2016 – Final Maturity Date
	  	 	8.00	% 

 and is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”), commencing on March 1, 2014 and ending on July 31, 2016 (the “Final Maturity Date”). 
  

	3.2	Computation of Interest 

 Interest on the
Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a business day (as
defined in Condition 4.4), interest due on such Interest Payment Date shall be paid on the business day immediately following such Interest Payment Date and such interest payment shall not include any interest accruing after such Interest Payment
Date. 
  

	3.3	Payment Form 

 Interest on the Notes shall
be payable in cash, in accordance with Condition 4. 
  

	3.4	Default Interest 

 Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in Condition 7), to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be lawful, the Notes shall bear interest at a rate equal to the interest rate then applicable to the Notes plus
2.00% per annum (the “Default Rate”), calculated in accordance with Condition 3.2. 
  

	4.	PAYMENTS 

  

	4.1	Method of payment 

Payment of principal and interest in respect of the Notes will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts to the persons shown in the Register at the close of business on the Record Date and subject to the surrender of the Notes at the specified office of any Paying and Transfer
Agent. Payments of interest will be made to the persons shown in the Register at close of business on the relevant Record Date. For this purpose, “Record Date” means the 15th calendar day, in the place of the specified office of the Registrar, before the due date for the relevant payment.
Each such payment will be made by transfer to an accountant maintained by the payee at a banking institution in the United States or to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank outside the United States, in either case as may be
specified from time to time in writing by the payee. 

  
 15 

	4.2	Payments subject to fiscal laws 

 All
payments are subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws and regulations. No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders in respect of such payments. Amounts withheld or deducted in good faith in respect of taxes from
payments on the Notes shall be treated for the purposes of the Notes as having been paid to and received by the Noteholder in full. Any amounts withheld or deducted in respect of such taxes shall be properly and timely paid over to the appropriate
governmental authority and the Fiscal Agent shall provide the Noteholder with a receipt issued by such governmental authority evidencing such payment or other reasonable written evidence of payment. 

 

	4.3	Non-frustration of payments 

  

	 	(a)	The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or
at any time hereafter in force. 

  

	 	(b)	To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Issuer is made to any Noteholder, and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any insolvency proceeding or otherwise, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made. 

  

	4.4	Business days 

 In these Conditions
“business day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, USA, Warsaw, Poland, or Moscow, Russia, are authorized or required by Law or
other governmental action to close. 
  

	4.5	Paying and Transfer Agents 

 The initial
Registrar and Paying and Transfer Agents and their initial specified offices are listed below. The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying and Transfer Agent and the Registrar and appoint additional
or other Paying and Transfer Agents, provided that it will maintain (i) a Registrar and a Fiscal Agent, (ii) Paying and Transfer Agents having specified offices in at least two major European cities and (iii) a Paying and Transfer
Agent with a specified office in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to any law implementing European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the
ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000, to the extent such a Paying and Transfer Agent is not already maintained pursuant to (ii) above. The Issuer shall promptly provide notice to the Noteholders of any such variation, termination
or appointment. 

  
 16 

	5.	REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 

  

	5.1	Optional Redemption by the Issuer 

 At the
option of the Issuer, the Notes may be redeemed, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of such redemption, from time to time without penalty, in whole
or in part. 
  

	5.2	Notice of Optional Redemption 

 If the
Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Condition 5.1, it shall notify the Fiscal Agent and the relevant Noteholders at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, before the redemption date unless the Fiscal Agent or the relevant Noteholder (as the
case may be) consents to a shorter period in its sole discretion. The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  

	 	(a)	the redemption date and the record date; 

  

	 	(b)	the redemption price, and, if applicable, the appropriate calculation of such redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

  

	 	(c)	if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

  

	 	(d)	that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Fiscal Agent is prohibited from making such payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof)
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

  

	 	(e)	the Common Codes or ISIN number, as applicable, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and 

 

	 	(f)	the Condition pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed. 

 At the Issuer’s request, the Fiscal Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Fiscal Agent with
the information required and within the time periods specified by this Condition 5.2. 
  

	5.3	Effect of Notice of Redemption 

 Once
notice of redemption is delivered, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. 
  

	5.4	Deposit of Redemption Price 

 No later
than 11:00 am (London time) on the business day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Fiscal Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on
that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Fiscal Agent for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the 

  
 17 

 
Fiscal Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued unpaid interest premium, if any, on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Fiscal Agent is prohibited from making such payment
under these Conditions. 
  

	5.5	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Repurchased 

 If less than all of any series of Notes is to be redeemed at any time, the Fiscal Agent or the Registrar will select Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, and in compliance with the requirements of Euroclear, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through Euroclear, or Euroclear
prescribes no method of selection, on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection; provided, however, that no Note of $150,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 

 

	5.6	Notes Redeemed in Part 

 Subject to the
terms hereof, upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute for the Noteholder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

 

	5.7	Redemption 

 Unless previously redeemed or
purchased and cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed at their principal amount on the Final Maturity Date, together (if applicable) with interest accrued and unpaid to but excluding the Final Maturity Date. 

 

	5.8	Mandatory Prepayments 

 The Issuer shall
prepay the Notes in full, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. 

 

	5.9	Payment at Maturity 

 On the Final
Maturity Date or any accelerated maturity of the Notes, the Issuer will pay the entire principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. 

 

	5.10	Application of Payments 

 All payments
made by the Issuer under the Notes shall be applied first, to the payment in full of accrued and unpaid interest, and second, to the reduction of principal. 
  

	5.11	Purchase 

 The Issuer or any subsidiary
may at any time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise at any price. Any Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates, shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the
purposes of Conditions 7, 8, 9 or 13. 

  
 18 

	5.12	Cancellation 

 All Notes purchased by or
on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates may be cancelled or held and resold, provided that any Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or any of their respective
Affiliates, shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of Conditions 7, 8, 9 or 13. Any Notes so purchased and cancelled may not be re-issued or resold. 
  

	6.	STAMP TAXES 

 The Issuer shall pay or
cause to be paid any present or future stamp, court, documentary or any similar taxes or levies which arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of the Notes (other than a transfer or assignment of the Notes), or the
receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	7.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each of the following
events shall constitute an “Event of Default”. 
  

	7.1	Non-payment 

 The Issuer shall fail to
make any payment in respect of (a) interest on the Notes as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and such Default (as defined below) is not remedied within 30 days after the same becomes due, or
(b) principal of the Notes as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  

	7.2	Breach of Covenant 

 The Issuer fails to
comply with any covenant or agreement under the Notes and such failure continues for 30 calendar days after the receipt by the Issuer of written notice thereof from holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding. 
  

	7.3	Insolvency 

 The Issuer or any of its
“significant subsidiaries,” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (each, a “Significant Subsidiary”), shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by
any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due. 

 

	7.4	Proceedings 

 There shall have been the
entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of (a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case 

  
 19 

 
or proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors or (b) a decree or order adjudging the Issuer or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the wind up or liquidation of affairs of the Issuer or such Significant
Subsidiary, and any such decree or order for relief shall continue to be in effect, or any such other decree or order shall be unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 consecutive days. 

 

	7.5	Cross default 

 An event of default by the
Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer with respect to: 
  

	 	(a)	the Convertible Notes or the Senior Secured Notes; provided that such Event of Default shall be automatically annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of
Default is remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Convertible Notes or the Senior Secured Notes, as the case may be, and so long as (i) the Issuer has paid any overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of the Notes that is due
and payable and is unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Notes at the Default Rate, (ii) all
Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived and (iii) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due
pursuant hereto; or 

  

	 	(b)	any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of
the Issuer and/or any subsidiary of the Issuer, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created either (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable, or (ii) constituting a failure to pay
the principal or interest of any such debt when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise (and, in the case of this clause (ii), if such Default is not cured or waived within 30 calendar days),
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates U.S.$30 million or more. 

 

	7.6	Enforcement Proceedings 

 Final judgment
or judgments in the aggregate for the payment of U.S.$30 million or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) rendered against the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after
(a) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (b) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished. 

  
 20 

	8.	ACCELERATION 

  

	8.1	Acceleration Event 

 If an Event of
Default with respect to the Issuer described in Condition 7.3 or 7.4 has occurred, the Notes (including unpaid principal, interest and other amounts owing under the Notes) shall automatically become immediately due and payable (an
“Acceleration”). 
  

	8.2	Notice of Acceleration 

 Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default other than an Event of Default described in Condition 7.3 or 7.4, the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any
time at their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare an Acceleration with respect to the Notes. 
  

	9.	REMEDIES 

  

	9.1	Notes payable forthwith 

 Upon the Notes
becoming due and payable under Condition 8, whether automatically or by declaration, the Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall all be immediately due and
payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. 
  

	9.2	Noteholders’ right to action 

 If an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether the Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Condition 8, any Noteholder may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such
Noteholder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise 
  

	9.3	Notice of recission 

 At any time after
the Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Condition 8.2, the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer, may rescind and annul any such
declaration and its consequences if (a) the Issuer has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of the Notes that is due and payable and is unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal
and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any such overdue interest in respect of the Notes at the Default Rate, (b) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such
declaration, have been cured or have been waived and (c) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto. No rescission and annulment under this Condition 9.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent
Event of Default or Default or impair any right arising therefrom. 

  
 21 

	9.4	Unconditional Right of Noteholders to receive Principal and Interest 

 Notwithstanding any other provision herein, each Noteholder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes on the Final
Maturity Date and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment. 
  

	10.	OTHER PROVISIONS UPON A DEFAULT 

  

	10.1	Statement by Officers as to Default 

 The
Issuer shall deliver to the Noteholders, within 14 calendar days of becoming aware of any Default or any Event of Default under the Notes, a certificate, signed by (a) the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and
(b) the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (and one of the officers signing such certificate shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Issuer), specifying with particularity such
Default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Issuer has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. By acceptance of the Notes, each Noteholder agrees to keep, and to procure that its Affiliates and representatives
keep, confidential any and all confidential information about the Issuer received or obtained in such certificate (including, without limitation, proprietary information, trade secrets, competitively sensitive information, acquisition, divestiture
and other strategic information, in each case to the extent such information is not publicly known or available other than as a result of disclosure in breach of such Noteholder’s confidentiality obligations set forth herein or otherwise owing
to the Issuer); provided, that the foregoing restriction will not prohibit such Noteholder from using such information to assist such Noteholder in determining whether to exercise any of its rights set forth in this clause 10.1 or in determining to
take any other action with respect to its ownership of the Notes. 
  

	10.2	Expenses 

 After the occurrence of an
Event of Default, the Issuer will pay (a) the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a single special counsel and, if reasonably required, local counsel, but not more than a single counsel in any relevant
jurisdiction) incurred by the Noteholder in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under the Notes, and (b) the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a single
special counsel and, if reasonably required, local counsel, but not more than a single counsel in any relevant jurisdiction and reasonable financial advisors’ fees) incurred by the Noteholder in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of
the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the Issuer. The obligations of the Issuer under this clause 10.2 will survive the payment or transfer of the Notes, and the enforcement, amendment or
waiver of any provision of the Notes. 
  

	11.	DEFINITIONS 

 For purposes of the Notes,
the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: 
 “Affiliate” of a person means any corporation or other
business entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person. 

  
 22 

 “Change of Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term the Senior Secured Notes
Indenture as in effect on the date hereof, provided that a transaction that results in beneficial ownership by Russian Standard Corporation (or any successor entity) and its Affiliates of more than 50% of the Voting Securities of the Issuer will not
constitute a “Change of Control” under the Notes. 
 “Control” (including the correlative terms
“Controlling”, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Convertible Notes” means the 3.00% Convertible Senior Notes due
2013 issued by the Issuer. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an
Event of Default. 
 “Original Holder” means Russian Standard Corporation. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Senior Secured Notes” means the 9.125% Senior
Secured Notes due 2016 and the 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued by CEDC Finance Corporation International, Inc. 
 “Senior
Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Voting
Securities” means any and all shares of capital stock of the Issuer and securities issued in respect thereof that are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Issuer. 

 

	12.	REPLACEMENT OF NOTES 

 If any Note is
lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed it may be replaced at the specified office of the Fiscal Agent, subject to all applicable laws and other relevant authority requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in
connection with such replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes must be surrendered before replacements will be issued. 

 

	13.	AMENDMENT 

  

	13.1	 The Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the
written consent of the Issuer as set forth and any holder or holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding, except that no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the
holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (a) subject to the provisions of Conditions 8 or 9 relating to acceleration and rescission, change the 

  
 23 

	 	
amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest on, the Notes, (b) change the percentage of
the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, (c) amend any of Condition 7.1, Condition 8 or Condition 9, or this Condition 13, or (d) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated herein. 

  

	13.2	The Issuer will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Condition 13 to each
Noteholder promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Noteholders. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the
benefit of any Noteholder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Noteholders that consent, waive or agree to amend
in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement, other than any Noteholder who waives the right to receive all or any part of such consideration. 

 

	13.3	Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Condition 13 applies equally to all Noteholders affected thereby and is binding upon them and upon each future
Noteholder and upon the Issuer without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not
expressly amended or waived or impair any right arising therefrom. 

  

	13.4	Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented
to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be outstanding. 

  

	13.5	No Implied Noteholder Waiver; Remedies Cumulative 

 No failure or delay on the part of the Noteholder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or
acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. All rights and remedies existing hereunder are cumulative to
and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. 
  

	13.6	Issuer Waivers 

 The Issuer covenants (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other law that would prohibit or forgive the
Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force. 

  
 24 

	14.	FURTHER ISSUES 

 The Issuer may from time
to time without the consent of the Noteholders create and issue further securities either having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest on them) and so that such
further issue shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding securities of any series (including the Notes) or upon such terms as the Issuer may determine at the time of their issue. References in these Conditions to the Notes
include (unless the context requires otherwise) any other securities issued pursuant to this Condition and forming a single series with the Notes. 
  

	15.	NOTICES 

 All notices to Noteholders shall
be mailed by registered mail or by private courier to them at their respective addresses appearing in the Register and shall be deemed to have been given on the fourth day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) after the date of mailing. 

 

	16.	GOVERNING LAW 

  

	16.1	Governing Law 

 THE FISCAL AGENCY
AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES AND ANY NON-CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THEM SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED UNDER, AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND
PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	16.2	Jurisdiction 

 EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO
AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COMPETENT COURTS OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 

 

	16.3	Waiver of Jury Trial; No Set-Off 

 TO THE
EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, THE ISSUER (BY ITS EXECUTION HEREOF) AND EACH NOTEHOLDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON OR RELATING TO THE NOTES, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. ALL PAYMENTS HEREUNDER SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ANY DEDUCTIONS WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
DEDUCTION FOR SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM, OR RECOUPMENT. 
  

	17.	ASSIGNABILITY 

 The Notes shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the Issuer and the Noteholders and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that (a) the obligations of the Issuer 

  
 25 

 
hereunder may not be transferred or assigned except with the prior written consent of the Noteholders and (b) the Noteholders may not transfer or assign the Notes except in compliance with
federal and state, and applicable foreign, securities laws. 
  

	18.	TAX FORMS 

 Each Noteholder agrees to
provide the Fiscal Agent with a correct, properly completed and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form (a) upon the original issuance of the Notes (in the case a Noteholder acquiring Notes upon such an issuance), (b) promptly upon
becoming a Noteholder (in the case of a Noteholder not covered by preceding clause (a)), (c) promptly upon any reasonable demand by the Fiscal Agent, and (d) promptly upon learning that any form or other document previously provided by
such Noteholder has become obsolete or incorrect. 

  
 26 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
(the “Issuer”) 
 [Up to U.S.$107,500,000] Senior Notes due 2016 

(the “Notes”) 

Reference is hereby made to the Fiscal Agency Agreement (the “Agency Agreement”) dated [—]
2012 between the Issuer and the other parties named therein. Capitalised terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agency Agreement. 
 This letter relates to U.S.$[—] principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of an interest in the Notes evidenced by the Global Note (ISIN No. [—]) with Euroclear in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested a transfer or exchange of such Notes for individual definitive Note certificates
registered in the name of [insert name of transferee]. 
 In connection with any such transfer of any of the Notes occurring prior to the date
that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in
accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in such Notes: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	 (1)
	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	 (2)
	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Noteholder, without transfer; or
			
	 (3)
	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	 (4)
	  	 ̈	  	to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”)) that purchases for its own account
or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
			
	 (5)
	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 903 under the Securities Act and such
Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear until the expiration of the 40-day restricted period (as described in Regulation S); or

  
 27 

					
			
	 (6)
	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act and such
Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear until the expiration of the 40-day restricted period (as described in Regulation S); or
			
	 (7)
	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (7) is checked, the Registrar may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Registrar or the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 

[Name of Transferor] 
 By: 

Authorised Signature 
  
 [Date] 

  
 28 

 SCHEDULE 5 
 REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE TRANSFER 
 AND REGISTRATION OF THE NOTES

  

	1.	Each Note shall be in the minimum denomination of U.S.$150,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Note Certificates, each evidencing entitlement to
one or more Notes, shall be issued in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Notes (the “Conditions”). 

  

	2.	The Notes are transferable by execution of the form of transfer on each Note Certificate endorsed under the hand of the transferor or, where the transferor is a
corporation, under its common seal or under the hand of its duly authorised officer or officers. In this Schedule “transferor” shall where the context permits or requires include joint transferors and be construed accordingly.

  

	3.	The Note Certificate issued in respect of the Notes to be transferred must be delivered for registration to the office of a Paying and Transfer Agent accompanied by
such other evidence (including, in connection with transfers made pursuant to certain securities law exemptions identified in the restrictive legend on the Notes, certificates and legal opinions) as such Paying and Transfer Agent may reasonably
require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the relevant Notes and his identity and, if the form of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf or in the case of the execution of a form of transfer on behalf of
a corporation by its officers, the authority of that person or those persons to do so. The signature of the person effecting a transfer of a Note shall conform to any list of duly authorised specimen signatures supplied by the registered holder or
be certified by a recognised bank, notary public or in such other manner as the Agent may require. 

  

	4.	The executors or administrators of a deceased holder of the Notes (not being one of several joint holders) and in the case of the death of one or more of joint holders
the survivor or survivors of such joint holders shall be the only persons recognised by the Issuer as having any title to such Notes. 

  

	5.	Any person becoming entitled to the Notes in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder of such Notes may, upon producing such evidence that he holds the
position in respect of which he proposes to act under this paragraph or of his title as the Paying and Transfer Agent shall require (including certificates and legal opinions), be registered himself as the holder of such Notes or, subject to the
preceding paragraphs as to transfer, may transfer such Notes. The Issuer and the Agents may retain any amount payable upon the Notes to which any person is so entitled until such person shall be so registered or shall duly transfer the Notes.

  

	6.	Unless otherwise requested by him and agreed by the Issuer, a holder of the Notes shall be entitled to receive only one Note Certificate in respect of his holding.

  

	7.	The joint holders of a Note shall be entitled to one Note Certificate only in respect of their joint holding which shall, except where they otherwise direct, be
delivered to the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register in respect of the joint holding. 

  
 29 

	8.	The Issuer and the Paying and Transfer Agents shall make no charge to the holders for the registration of any holding of the Notes or any transfer of the Notes or for
the issue of any Note Certificates or for the delivery of Note Certificates at the specified office of the Agent to whom the request for registration, transfer or delivery was delivered or by uninsured post to the address specified by the holder. If
any holder entitled to receive a Note Certificate wishes to have it delivered to him otherwise than at the specified office of such Agent, such delivery shall be made upon his written request to such Agent, at his risk and (except where sent by
uninsured post to the address specified by the holder) at his expense. 

  

	9.	Each Paying and Transfer Agent will within three business days (as defined in Condition 4.4) of receipt of a request to effect a transfer of a Note (or within 5
business days if the transfer is of a Note evidenced by the Global Note) deliver at its specified office to the transferee or despatch by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a new Note Certificate in
respect of the Notes transferred. In the case of a transfer of fewer than all the Notes in respect of which a Note Certificate is issued, a new Note Certificate in respect of the Notes not transferred will be so delivered to the holder to its
address appearing on the Register. 

  

	10.	Unless there is delivered to a Paying and Transfer Agent such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of legal counsel, as may be reasonably required by the
Issuer, that neither the Securities Act legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, in accordance with applicable laws, all Notes or Note Certificates, as the
case may be, issued in replacement for or on exchange or transfer of the Notes or Note Certificates, as the case may be, bearing the Securities Act legend, will bear such legend. 

 

	11.	Unless and until otherwise determined by the Issuer, in accordance with applicable law, all Notes or Note Certificates, issued in substitution for or on exchange or
transfer of the Notes or Note Certificates, as the case may be, that do not bear the Securities Act legend will not bear such legend. 

  

	12.	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Notes only upon presentation of an executed and duly completed
form of transfer substantially in the form set forth in Schedule IV of the form of the Global Note set out in Schedule 2 to the Fiscal Agency Agreement together with any other documents thereby required. Nothing herein shall require the Registrar to
register any transfer during a closed period. 

  

	13.	The Registrar and the Paying and Transfer Agents may promulgate any other regulations that they may deem necessary for the registration and transfer of the Notes.

  
 30 

 Exhibit C 

FORM OF BACKSTOP ESCROW AGREEMENT 

  
 Exhibit C-1

  

 
 ESCROW AGREEMENT

 by and among 
 ROUST TRADING LIMITED, 
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 

 
  

and 
 THE BANK OF
NEW YORK MELLON 
  
 Dated as of [—], 201[—] 
  

 
 ACCOUNT NUMBER(S): 

SHORT TITLE OF ACCOUNT: 
  

 
  
  

 

 This ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” or this “Escrow
Agreement”) is made this [—] day of [—], 2012, by and among THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (“Escrow Agent”), Central European
Distribution Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Roust Trading Limited, a Bermuda company, (the “Investor”, and collectively with the Company, the “Depositors”).
Reference is made to the certain Securities Purchase Agreement, by and between the Investor and the Company, dated as of April 19, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Purchase
Agreement”). 
 WHEREAS, the Investor and the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement, which provided for, among
other things and subject to certain conditions, the issuance by the Company of certain notes to the Investor and the repurchase of the Company’s convertible senior notes due in 2013 (the “Convertible Notes”) held by the
Investor and its affiliates; 
 WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Investor
has the right to purchase certain notes of the Company with a face value of up to $107,500,000 (the “Backstop Notes”), the proceeds of which will be used by the Company to pay in full the Convertible Notes (other than Convertible
Notes held by the Investor and its affiliates) at maturity; and 
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Investor agreed that, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, at any Backstop Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (i) the Investor will fund or cause to be funded the purchase price for the Backstop Notes into escrow, to be released
for the benefit of the Company solely in connection with satisfaction and discharge in full of all of the Company’s then outstanding Convertible Notes (other than Convertible Notes held by the Investor and its affiliates) at maturity (and all
accrued but unpaid interest thereon) and (ii) the Company will place the Backstop Notes into escrow, to be released for the benefit of the Investor solely in connection with the release of Cash Escrow Funds (as defined below) for the benefit of
the Company pursuant to this Escrow Agreement. 
 The Depositors and the Escrow Agent hereby agree that, in consideration of the
mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Escrow Agent shall hold in escrow and shall distribute Escrow Property (as defined below) in accordance with and subject to the following Instructions and Terms and Conditions: 

I.         INSTRUCTIONS: 

 

	1.	Escrow Property 

 On any
Backstop Closing, (i) the Investor may deposit or cause to be deposited with the Escrow Agent cash funds in US dollars and (ii) the Company may deposit with the Escrow Agent (a) the Backstop Notes and (b) a letter of instruction
relating to delivery of the Backstop Notes (the “Letter of Instruction”) (such Letter of Instruction together with the Backstop Notes, the “Backstop Documentation”). Such cash funds, plus all interest, dividends and
other distributions and payments thereon (collectively the “Interest”) received by Escrow Agent, less any funds distributed or paid in accordance with this Escrow Agreement (the “Cash Escrow Funds”), together with
the Backstop Documentation, are collectively referred to herein as the “Escrow Property”. 

	2.	Investment of Escrow Property 

 The Depositors are to select one of the following options: 

        (a)      The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to pay interest on
or to invest or reinvest any Cash Escrow Funds deposited or received hereunder. 
 _X_ (b)      The Escrow Agent
shall invest or reinvest the Cash Escrow Funds, without distinction between principal and income, in The Bank of New York Mellon’s Cash Reserve, a depository account with the Bank of New York Mellon, (the “BNYMCR”) unless
otherwise directed by written instrument signed by the Depositors. 
 The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for any loss arising from or
related to any such investment other than in accordance with Section II.3 (Terms and Conditions). 
  

	3.	Distribution of Escrow Property 

 The Escrow Agent is directed to hold and distribute the Escrow Property as set forth in this Section I.3. 
  

	 	(a)	Unless an Arbitration Funding Notice has been delivered by the Investor pursuant to Section I.3(b) below, subject to receipt by the Escrow Agent and the Investor on
March 12, 2013 of a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company that (i) requests that the Escrow Agent disburse all or any portion of the Cash Escrow Funds pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement,
(ii) certifies the amount of the Company’s then outstanding Convertible Notes, (iii) certifies that the Company has irrevocably funded to the trustee under the indenture governing the Convertible Notes (the “Convertible Notes
Trustee”) an amount that, when combined with the Cash Escrow Funds requested pursuant to clause (i) above, will be sufficient to satisfy and discharge in full all of the Company’s then outstanding Convertible Notes (other than
Convertible Notes held by the Investor or any of its affiliates) at maturity (plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon), in accordance with their terms and (iv) certifies that upon the distribution hereunder of the Cash Escrow Funds
requested pursuant to clause (i) above, the substantially simultaneous consummation of the satisfaction and discharge in full of all of the Company’s then outstanding Convertible Notes (plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon) in
accordance with their terms will occur (the “Company Certificate”), the Escrow Agent shall distribute, on March 14, 2013, all or the requested portion of the Cash Escrow Funds to the Convertible Notes Trustee in accordance with
the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 3(a). If any distribution of Cash Escrow Funds is made pursuant this Section I.3(a), then any Cash Escrow Funds not distributed pursuant to this Section I.3(a) will be returned to the Investor by the
Escrow Agent simultaneously with such distribution. 

  
 -2-

	 	(b)	After January 25, 2013 and on or prior to January 31, 2013, in the event that the Investor and the Company are in arbitration pursuant to Section 10.1(d)
of the Purchase Agreement and the Investor elects to fund the Escrow Account during such time pursuant to Section 2.5(d) of the Purchase Agreement, the Investor shall deliver written notice to the Escrow Agent and the Company of such election
(an “Arbitration Funding Notice”). In the event that an Arbitration Funding Notice is provided pursuant to this Section I.3(b), then (i) if the Company delivers to the Investor and the Escrow Agent a final, written arbitration
decision by JAMS stating that the Investor is obligated to fund the Backstop Escrow Account pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement), then the Cash Escrow Funds shall be distributed in the manner and pursuant to
the procedures set forth in Section I.3(a) above, and (ii) if the Investor delivers to the Escrow Agent and the Company a final, written arbitration decision by JAMS stating that the Investor is not obligated to fund the Backstop Escrow Account
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, then the Escrow Agent shall return the Cash Escrow Funds to the Investor (or its designee) in accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 3(b) as soon as possible and, in any event, within
two (2) business days of the delivery of the notice contemplated by this sentence above. 

  

	 	(c)	Upon any release of Cash Escrow Funds pursuant to Section I.3(a) above, the Escrow Agent shall deliver the Backstop Documentation to [    ], as the
fiscal agent and registrar in respect of the Backstop Notes. 

  

	 	(d)	Upon any release of Cash Escrow Funds to the Investor pursuant to Section I.3(b) above, the Escrow Agent shall deliver the Backstop Documentation to the Company.

  

	 	(e)	In addition to distribution of Escrow Property pursuant to clauses 3(a) and 3(b) above, the Escrow Agent shall distribute the Escrow Property in accordance with
(i) a written instrument that is executed by the Company and the Investor and delivered to the Escrow Agent that instructs the Escrow Agent as to the disbursement of some or all of the Escrow Property or (ii) a final non-appealable order
of a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitral tribunal, a copy of which is delivered to the Escrow Agent by either the Company or the Investor and to the other party hereto, that instructs the Escrow Agent as to the disbursement of some or all of
the Escrow Property. 

  

	 	(f)	Amounts distributed pursuant to this Section I.3 shall be paid in accordance with wire instructions furnished to the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Section I.3.

  
 -3-

	4.	Addresses 

 Notices,
instructions and other communications hereunder shall be sent to the Escrow Agent at [—], and to the Depositors as follows: 

 

			
	 To the Company at:
  

Central European Distribution Corporation

Bobrowiecka 6
 00-728 Warsaw

Poland
 Attention: William V. Carey

Facsimile: +48 22 456 60 01
  
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP
 40 Bank St., Canary Wharf

London E14 5DS
 UK

Attention:         Scott Simpson, Esq.
 Facsimile:         +44 20 7519 7070
  
 and
  
 Dewey &
LeBoeuf
 No. 1 Minster Court
 Mincing
Lane
 London EC3R 7YL
 UK

Attention:         Frank Adams, Esq.
 Facsimile:         +44 20 7459 5900
	  	 To the Investor at:
  

Roust Trading Limited
 25 Belmont Hills
Drive
 Warwick WK 06, Bermuda

Attention: Wendell M. Hollis
  
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  
 Ropes & Gray LLP
 One Metro Center
 700 12th Street, NW, Suite 900
 Washington, DC 20005-3948

USA
 Attention:
        James Myers
 Facsimile:         +1 (202)
383-8349
  
 and

 
 Ropes & Gray LLP
 The Prudential Tower
 800 Boylston Street
 Boston, MA 02199-3600
 USA
 Attention:         Christopher Comeau
 Facsimile:
        +1 (617) 951-7050

  
 -4-

 Notices, instructions or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
delivered by hand, sent by facsimile, or sent, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, or overnight courier service, and shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, the next business day if sent by facsimile (transmission confirmed)
outside of the business hours of the Escrow Agent, date of receipt if sent by facsimile (transmission confirmed) during the business hours of the Escrow Agent or three business days after mailing if mailed (one business day in the case of overnight
courier service) to the addresses set forth above. The Investor and the Company agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent against any and all claims, losses, damages liabilities, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees) (collectively, the “Escrow-Related Losses”) incurred or sustained by the Escrow Agent as a result of or in connection with the Escrow Agent’s reliance upon and compliance with instructions or directions
given by facsimile by such party; provided, however, that such Escrow-Related Losses have not arisen from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent, it being understood that the failure of the Escrow Agent to
verify or confirm that the person giving the instructions or directions is, in fact, an authorized person does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
  

	5.	Distribution of Escrow Property and Upon Termination 

  

	 	(a)	Whenever the Escrow Agent will be required to make a payment from the Cash Escrow Funds, the Escrow Agent will pay such amounts by liquidating such investments of the
Cash Escrow Funds as will be directed in writing by the Depositors; provided, however, that if the Depositors have not furnished such direction to the Escrow Agent upon delivery of the certificate or other documentation delivered
pursuant to Section I.3, the Escrow Agent will pay such amounts by liquidating such investments of the Cash Escrow Funds as will be determined by the Escrow Agent in its sole discretion. 

 

	 	(b)	After such time when the Escrow Funds have been deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Escrow Agreement, this Escrow Agreement shall be automatically
terminated upon the earlier to occur of (i) March 18, 2013 and (ii) the date on which all Escrow Property has been distributed; provided, that the Escrow Agreement may also be terminated at any time by a written agreement
executed by each of the Depositors. In the event of a termination of the Escrow Agreement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section I.5(b), all Cash Escrow Funds shall be returned to the Investor in accordance with the wire instructions set forth
in Exhibit 3(b), and the Backstop Documentation shall be returned to the Company at the address set forth in Section I.4 above. 

  

	6.	Compensation 

  

	 	(a)	Unless waived, the Depositors shall pay the Escrow Agent an annual fee of $3,500, payable upon execution of this Escrow Agreement and thereafter on each anniversary
date of this Escrow Agreement, provided that the annual fee shall be waived so long as the Escrow Property is invested in the BNYMCR. The annual fee shall not be pro-rated for any portion of a year, but shall be subject to pro-ration to the
extent the Escrow Property is only invested in the BNYMCR for a portion of a given year. 

  
 -5-

	 	(b)	Depositors shall pay all activity charges as per Escrow Agent’s current fee schedule, which is attached as Exhibit 6(b). 

 

	 	(c)	Depositors shall be responsible for and shall reimburse the Escrow Agent promptly upon demand for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses relating to the
provision of the escrow services contemplated hereby, which may include, but are not limited to, telephone; facsimile; courier; copying; postage; supplies; and expenses of foreign depositaries. 

 

	 	(d)	The Company and the Investor shall each be responsible for one-half of all amounts payable or reimbursable to the Escrow Agent under this Section I.6 or otherwise
provided for in this Escrow Agreement. 

  
 -6-

 II.         TERMS AND CONDITIONS: 

 

	1.	The duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Escrow Agent shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein and no duties, responsibilities or obligations
shall be inferred or implied. The Escrow Agent shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the Depositors or to which any Depositor is a party, even though reference thereto may be made
herein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Escrow Agreement) from any Depositor or any entity acting on its behalf. The Escrow Agent shall not be required to, and
shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder. 

  

	2.	This Escrow Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to
give, either express or implied, any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim to any other entity or person whatsoever. 

  

	3.	(a) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted or for any loss or injury resulting from its actions or its performance or lack of
performance of its duties hereunder in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part. In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable (i) for acting in accordance with or relying upon any written instruction, notice,
demand, certificate or document from the Depositors, (ii) for any consequential, punitive or special damages, (iii) for the acts or omissions of its nominees, correspondents, designees, subagents or subcustodians in the absence of bad
faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on their parts, or (iv) for an amount in excess of the value of the Escrow Property. 

 (b) The Escrow Agent may consult legal counsel of its own choosing in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of this Escrow Agreement, or the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder, and
the Escrow Agent will incur no liability and will be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted in good faith in accordance with the reasonable opinion and instructions of such counsel. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, in no event shall the Escrow Agent be entitled to reimbursement of the expenses of such counsel with respect to any matter arising from the Escrow Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

(c) The Escrow Agent shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility
hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Escrow Agent (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, or the unavailability of the
Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility). 

  
 -7-

 (d) If at any time the Escrow Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order,
judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects the Escrow Property (including but not limited to orders of attachment or garnishment or other forms of levies or injunctions or stays relating to
the transfer of Escrow Property), the Escrow Agent (i) is authorized to comply therewith in any manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing reasonably deems appropriate and (ii) shall provide a copy of such judicial
administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process to the Depositors. If the Escrow Agent complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or
administrative process, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person or entity even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to
have been without legal force or effect. 
  

	4.	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 

  

	5.	The Escrow Agent shall provide to Depositors monthly statements identifying transactions, transfers or holdings of the Escrow Property and each such statement shall be
deemed to be correct and final upon receipt thereof by the Depositors unless the Escrow Agent is notified in writing to the contrary within thirty (30) business days of the date of such statement. 

 

	6.	The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible in any respect for the form, execution, validity, value or genuineness of documents or securities deposited hereunder, or for
any description therein, or for the identity, authority or rights of persons executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any such document, security or endorsement 

 

	7.	Notices, instructions or other communications shall be given in accordance with Section I.4. Whenever under the terms hereof the time for giving a notice or performing
an act falls upon a Saturday, Sunday, or banking holiday in the United States of America, such time shall be extended to the next day on which the Escrow Agent is open for business. 

 

	8.	The Company and the Investor shall each be liable for and shall reimburse and indemnify the Escrow Agent and hold the Escrow Agent harmless from and against one-half of
any and all Escrow-Related Losses that are incurred by it as a result of its involvement in any arbitration or litigation arising from the performance of its duties hereunder, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall
require the Escrow Agent to be indemnified for Escrow-Related Losses caused by its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

  

	9.	 (a) The Depositors may remove the Escrow Agent at any time by giving to the Escrow Agent thirty (30) calendar days’ prior notice in writing
signed by all Depositors. The Escrow Agent may resign at any time by giving to the Depositors thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice thereof. Within ten (10) calendar days after giving the foregoing notice of removal to the
Escrow Agent or receiving the foregoing notice of resignation from the Escrow Agent, the Depositors shall jointly agree on and appoint a successor escrow agent. If the Depositors are unable to agree on a successor escrow agent within such 10-day
period or if the chosen successor to the escrow agent has not 

  
 -8-

	 	
accepted such appointment by the end of such 10-day period, the Escrow Agent may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor to the Escrow Agent or for other
appropriate relief. One-half of the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Investor and the Company. 

(b) Upon receipt of the identity of the successor escrow agent, the Escrow Agent shall either deliver the Escrow Property then held
hereunder to the successor escrow agent, less the Escrow Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Agreement, or hold such Escrow Property (or any portion thereof), pending distribution,
until all such fees, costs and expenses or other obligations are paid. 
 (c) Upon delivery of the Escrow Property to the
successor escrow agent, the Escrow Agent shall have no further duties, responsibilities or obligations hereunder. 
  

	10.	(a) In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Escrow Agent hereunder, the Escrow Agent
may, in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action other than retain possession of the Escrow Property, unless the Escrow Agent receives written instructions, signed by all Depositors, which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty.

 (b) In the event of any dispute between or conflicting claims by or among the Depositors with respect to any
Escrow Property, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to refuse to comply with any and all claims, demands or instructions with respect to such Escrow Property so long as such dispute or conflict shall continue, and the Escrow
Agent shall not be or become liable in any way to the Depositors for failure or refusal to comply with such conflicting claims, demands or instructions. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to refuse to act until, in its sole discretion, either
(i) such conflicting or adverse claims or demands shall have been determined by a final order, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitral tribunal, which order, judgment or decree is not subject to appeal, or settled by
agreement between the conflicting parties as evidenced in a writing satisfactory to the Escrow Agent or (ii) the Escrow Agent shall have received security or an indemnity satisfactory to it sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any
and all Escrow-Related Losses which it may incur by reason of so acting. The Escrow Agent may, in addition, elect, in its sole discretion, to commence an interpleader action or seek other judicial relief or orders as it may deem, in its sole
discretion, necessary. The costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by, and shall be the obligation of, the Company and the Investor (with each such party
being responsible for one-half of such costs and expenses). 
  

	11.	 This Escrow Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, enforced and administered in accordance with the internal substantive laws (and not the choice
of law rules) of the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby submits to the personal jurisdiction of and each agrees that all proceedings relating hereto shall be brought in courts located within the City and State of New York. Each party hereto
hereby waives the right to trial by jury in any such proceedings. To the extent that in any jurisdiction any party hereto may 

  
 -9-

	 	
be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether before or after judgment) or other legal process, each hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim,
and hereby waives, such immunity. Each party hereto waives personal service of process and consents to service of process by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to it at the address last specified for notices hereunder,
and such service shall be deemed completed ten (10) calendar days after the same is so mailed. 

  

	12.	Except as otherwise permitted herein, this Escrow Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all the parties hereto, and no waiver of any provision
hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. 

  

	13.	The rights and remedies conferred upon the parties hereto shall be cumulative, and the exercise or waiver of any such right or remedy shall not preclude or inhibit the
exercise of any additional rights or remedies. The waiver of any right or remedy hereunder shall not preclude the subsequent exercise of such right or remedy. 

 

	14.	Each Depositor and the Escrow Agent hereby represents and warrants (a) that this Escrow Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf
and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation and (b) that the execution, delivery and performance of this Escrow Agreement by such party does not and will not violate any applicable law or regulation now in effect.

  

	15.	The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other
provision; and if any provision is held to be enforceable as a matter of law, the other provisions shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect. 

 

	16.	This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements in regard
thereto. 

  

	17.	This Agreement shall terminate as provided for herein. The provisions of these Terms and Conditions shall survive termination of this Escrow Agreement and/or the
resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent. 

  

	18.	No printed or other material in any language, including prospectuses, notices, reports, and promotional material which mentions “The Bank of New York Mellon”
by name or the rights, powers, or duties of the Escrow Agent under this Agreement shall be issued by any other parties hereto, or on such party’s behalf, without the prior written consent of Escrow Agent. 

 

	19.	The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the interpretation or operation hereof.

  

	20.	This Escrow Agreement may be executed by each of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall be
deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Documents delivered via facsimile or via email by pdf shall constitute original signatures. 

  
 -10-

	21.	This Escrow Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder may not be assigned and shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the legal
representatives and successors of the Investor and the Escrow Agent, and the heirs and legal representatives of the Company. 

  

	22.	The Escrow Agent does not have any interest in the Escrow Property deposited hereunder but is serving as escrow holder only and having only possession thereof. The
Company and the Investor shall each pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for 50% of any transfer taxes or other taxes relating to the Escrow Property incurred in connection herewith and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent
for 50% of any amounts that it is obligated to pay in the way of such taxes. Any payments of income from this Escrow Account shall be subject to withholding regulations then in force with respect to United States taxes. The parties hereto will
provide the Escrow Agent with appropriate W-9 forms for tax I.D., number certifications, or W-8 forms for non-resident alien certifications. The parties agree that, for purposes of U.S. federal and other taxes based on income, the Investor shall be
treated as the owner of the Escrow Property and of 100% of the Interest, and the Investor shall report all such Interest as its taxable income in the taxable year or years in which such Interest is properly includible and pay any taxes attributable
thereto. No later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter beginning with the quarter ending [—], 2012, the Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Investor in
accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 22, or such other wire instructions provided to the Escrow Agent in writing by the Investor, an amount equal to 50% of all Interest earned during such quarter. At the end of each calendar
year, the Escrow Agent shall duly and timely prepare and file the appropriate IRS Forms 1099 and shall promptly deliver copies of such forms to the Investor. 

  
 -11-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Escrow Agreement to be executed by a
duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above. 
  

			
	 ROUST TRADING LIMITED

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name: Wendell M. Hollis

		 	 Title:   Director

		
		 	
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name: Dana Bean

		 	 Title:   Secretary

	
	 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Escrow Agent

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Exhibit 3(a) 

 Exhibit 3(b) 

 Exhibit 6(b) 

 Exhibit 22 

 Annex A 

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE 
 As of March 31, 2012, after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions comprising the Initial Closing and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such transactions:

  

	 	a.	The fair value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated,
contingent or otherwise; 

  

	 	b.	The Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities
become absolute and matured; and 

  

	 	c.	The Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital.

 For purposes of this certificate, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the
amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. 

The undersigned is familiar with the business and financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries. In reaching the conclusions set
forth in this certificate, the undersigned has made such other investigations and inquiries as the undersigned has deemed appropriate, having taken into account the nature of the particular business anticipated to be conducted by the Company and its
Subsidiaries after consummation of the transactions on the Initial Closing Date. 

  
 Annex A-1

 SCHEDULE II 
 The voting agreements between the Purchaser and each of, William V. Carey, David Bailey, N. Scott Fine, William Shanahan, Robert Koch, Markus Sieger, Marek Forysiak and the Company. 

  
 Annex A-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00205-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00205-of-00352.parquet"}]]